1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.9 2002/06/25 22:53:32 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
10 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
11 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
12 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
13 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
14 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
15 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
16 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
17 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
18 with rogue DNS servers.
19 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
20 by Bryan Costales.
21 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
22 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
23 Costales.
24 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
25 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
26 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
27 Polytechnic Institute.
28 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
29 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
30 Portability:
31 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
32 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
33 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
34 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
35 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
36 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
37 8.13 will change the default locking method to
38 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
39 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
40 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
41 related programs to match locking techniques.
42
438.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
44 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
45 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
46 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
47 section of the top level README for more information.
48 Problem noted by lumpy.
49 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
50 instead of 0644.
51 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
52 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
53 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
54 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
55 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
56 Purdue University.
57 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
58 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
59 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
60 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
61 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
62 of Active State.
63 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
64 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
65 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
66 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
67 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
68 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
69 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
70 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
71 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
72 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
73 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
74 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
75 or the queue.
76 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
77 user who started sendmail.
78 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
79 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
80 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
81 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
82 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
83 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
84 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
85 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
86 Portability:
87 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
88 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
89 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
90 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
91 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
92 Charles University in Prague.
93 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
94 memory.
95 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
96 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
97 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
98 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
99 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
100 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
101 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
102 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
103 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
104 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
105 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
106 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
107 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
108 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
109 noted by Bryan Costales.
110 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
111 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
112 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
113 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
114 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
115 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
116 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
117 match dnsbl change.
118 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
119 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
120 installing the sendmail statistics file.
121 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
122 a user's filter starts other applications.
123 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
124 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
125 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
126 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
127 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
128 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
129 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
130 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
131 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
132 noted by Bryan Costales.
133 New Files:
134 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
135
1368.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
137 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
138 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
139 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
140 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
141 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
142 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
143 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
144 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
145 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
146 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
147 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
148 University.
149 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
150 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
151 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
152 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
153 of INTERMETA.
154 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
155 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
156 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
157 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
158 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
159 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
160 ActiveState.
161 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
162 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
163 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
164 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
165 Northern Illinois University.
166 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
167 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
168 of Dinoex.
169 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
170 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
171 Polytechnic Institute.
172 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
173 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
174 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
175 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
176 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
177 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
178 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
179 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
180 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
181 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
182 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
183 missing arguments.
184 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
185 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
186 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
187 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
188 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
189 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
190 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
191 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
192 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
193 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
194 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
195 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
196 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
197 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
198 of Concordia University.
199 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
200 found by Mario Nigrovic.
201 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
202 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
203 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
204 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
205 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
206 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
207 Elvers.
208 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
209 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
210 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
211 total number of TCP connections.
212 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
213 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
214 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
215 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
216 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
217 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
218 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
219 Texas.
220 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
221 to 451.
222 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
223 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
224 patch by Bryan Costales.
225 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
226 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
227 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
228 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
229 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
230 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
231 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
232 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
233 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
234 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
235 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
236 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
237 command).
238 Portability:
239 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
240 available.
241 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
242 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
243 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
244 Skyrr.
245 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
246 noted by John Beck.
247 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
248 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
249 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
250 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
251 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
252 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
253 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
254 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
255 error.
256 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
257 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
258 Krzysztof Oledzki.
259 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
260 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
261 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
262 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
263 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
264 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
265 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
266 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
267 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
268 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
269 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
270 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
271 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
272 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
273 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
274 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
275 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
276 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
277 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
278 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
279 noted by John Beck.
280 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
281 if queue groups are used.
282 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
283 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
284 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
285 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
286 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
287 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
288 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
289 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
290 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
291 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
292 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
293 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
294 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
295 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
296 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
297 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
298 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
299 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
300 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
301 ldap_memfree().
302 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
303 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
304 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
305 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
306 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
307 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
308 San Francisco.
309 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
310 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
311 Joe Barbish.
312 New Files:
313 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
314
3158.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
316 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
317 at startup, only log an error message.
318 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
319 following -b) has been specified.
320 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
321 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
322 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
323 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
324 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
325 Regensburg.
326 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
327 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
328 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
329 Institute of Mining and Technology.
330 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
331 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
332 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
333 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
334 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
335 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
336 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
337 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
338 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
339 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
340 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
341 SMTP connections.
342 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
343 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
344 and Technology.
345 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
346 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
347 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
348 Meteorological Institute.
349 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
350 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
351 Online.
352 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
353 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
354 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
355 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
356 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
357 types, respectively.
358 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
359 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
360 of Virginia Tech.
361 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
362 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
363 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
364 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
365 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
366 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
367 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
368 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
369 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
370 of Vienna.
371 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
372 of Sun Microsystems.
373 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
374 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
375 with servers that do not support realms when using
376 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
377 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
378 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
379 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
380 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
381 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
382 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
383 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
384 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
385 instead of forcing localhost.
386 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
387 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
388 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
389 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
390 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
391 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
392 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
393 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
394 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
395 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
396 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
397 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
398 Compaq Computer Corp.
399 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
400 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
401 Tech.
402 Portability:
403 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
404 patch provided by HP.
405 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
406 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
407 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
408 Sachin of Siemens.
409 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
410 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
411 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
412 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
413 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
414 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
415 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
416 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
417 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
418 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
419 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
420 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
421 Hewlett-Packard.
422 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
423 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
424 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
425 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
426 Virginia Tech.
427 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
428 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
429 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
430 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
431 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
432 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
433 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
434 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
435 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
436 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
437 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
438 Florida.
439 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
440 Altin Waldmann.
441 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
442 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
443 Hewlett-Packard.
444 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
445 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
446 of MSFU.
447 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
448 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
449 Institute.
450 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
451 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
452 to free memory twice.
453 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
454 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
455 of Sun Microsystems.
456 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
457 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
458 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
459 University of Athens.
460 New Files:
461 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
462 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
463 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
464 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
465 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
466 devtools/OS/MPE-iX
467 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
468 libsm/mpeix.c
469
4708.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
471 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
472 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
473 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
474 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
475 found by Michal Zalewski.
476 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
477 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
478 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
479 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
480 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
481 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
482 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
483 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
484 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
485 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
486 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
487 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
488 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
489 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
490 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
491 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
492 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
493 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
494 canonical name for a host.
495 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
496 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
497 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
498 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
499 Portability:
500 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
501 `uname` does not given complete information.
502 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
503 Aircraft Company.
504 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
505 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
506 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
507 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
508 Courtesan Consulting.
509 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
510 problems with potential misconfigurations.
511 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
512 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
513 Technology Organisation of Australia.
514 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
515 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
516 then use it.
517 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
518 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
519 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
520 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
521 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
522 and vacation.
523 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
524 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
525 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
526 New Files:
527 test/Build
528 test/Makefile
529 test/Makefile.m4
530 test/README
531 test/t_dropgid.c
532 test/t_setgid.c
533 Deleted Files:
534 include/sm/stdio.h
535 include/sm/sysstat.h
536
5378.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
538 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
539 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
540 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
541 default). The installation process tries to install
542 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
543 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
544 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
545 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
546 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
547 flags:
548 GroupWritableForwardFile
549 WorldWritableForwardFile
550 GroupWritableIncludeFile
551 WorldWritableIncludeFile
552 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
553 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
554 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
555 (IdS).
556 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
557 point where the variable could become overused for more than
558 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
559 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
560 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
561 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
562 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
563 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
564 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
565 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
566 see sendmail/SECURITY.
567 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
568 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
569 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
570 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
571 sendmail/SECURITY.
572 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
573 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
574 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
575 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
576 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
577 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
578 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
579 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
580 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
581 command has been removed.
582 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
583 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
584 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
585 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
586 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
587 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
588 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
589 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
590 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
591 supported.
592 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
593 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
594 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
595 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
596 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
597 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
598 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
599 creation rather than just before delivery.
600 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
601 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
602 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
603 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
604 preference matches (coattail).
605 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
606 try other MX hosts if available.
607 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
608 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
609 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
610 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
611 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
612 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
613 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
614 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
615 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
616 removed in future versions.
617 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
618 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
619 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
620 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
621 doc/op/op.me for details.
622 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
623 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
624 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
625 of the presented certificate, respectively.
626 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
627 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
628 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
629 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
630 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
631 enough on a per recipient basis.
632 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
633 for STARTTLS.
634 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
635 value "NOT".
636 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
637 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
638 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
639 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
640 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
641 really required. This change results in a noticable
642 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
643 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
644 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
645 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
646 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
647 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
648 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
649 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
650 command line, then the value also limits the number of
651 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
652 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
653 by a queue run.
654 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
655 system each queue directory resides in.
656 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
657 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
658 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
659 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
660 collected together) to process the same work list at the
661 same time.
662 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
663 active queue runner processes.
664 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
665 runners per queue group.
666 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
667 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
668 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
669 of the queue that match during processing.
670 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
671 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
672 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
673 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
674 persistent queue runner.
675 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
676 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
677 sendmail -q15m).
678 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
679 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
680 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
681 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
682 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
683 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
684 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
685 of the qf file (older entries first).
686 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
687 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
688 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
689 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
690 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
691 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
692 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
693 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
694 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
695 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
696 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
697 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
698 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
699 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
700 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
701 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
702 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
703 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
704 details.
705 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
706 the number of entries in the queue(s).
707 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
708 and the usual documentation for details.
709 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
710 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
711 announced in 8.10.
712 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
713 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
714 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
715 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
716 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
717 -r (number of retries).
718 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
719 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
720 and value separated by the given separator.
721 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
722 to map class arith.
723 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
724 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
725 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
726 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
727 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
728 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
729 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
730 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
731 filenames with spaces).
732 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
733 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
734 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
735 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
736 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
737 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
738 to the loopback net.
739 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
740 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
741 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
742 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
743 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
744 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
745 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
746 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
747 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
748 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
749 Development Group.
750 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
751 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
752 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
753 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
754 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
755 load average is exceeded.
756 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
757 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
758 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
759 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
760 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
761 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
762 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
763 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
764 instead.
765 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
766 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
767 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
768 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
769 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
770 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
771 for direct (command line) submissions.
772 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
773 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
774 Hagino of the KAME Project.
775 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
776 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
777 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
778 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
779 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
780 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
781 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
782 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
783 before logging.
784 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
785 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
786 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
787 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
788 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
789 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
790 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
791 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
792 of the Universitat Regensburg.
793 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
794 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
795 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
796 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
797 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
798 See libsm/index.html for details.
799 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
800 care of by fork() and exit().
801 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
802 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
803 new and old (from new libsm).
804 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
805 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
806 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
807 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
808 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
809 synchronizations calls.
810 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
811 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
812 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
813 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
814 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
815 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
816 for details.
817 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
818 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
819 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
820 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
821 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
822 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
823 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
824 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
825 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
826 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
827 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
828 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
829 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
830 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
831 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
832 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
833 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
834 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
835 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
836 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
837 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
838 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
839 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
840 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
841 Urbana-Champaign.
842 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
843 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
844 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
845 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
846 connections.
847 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
848 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
849 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
850 cf/README.
851 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
852 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
853 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
854 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
855 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
856 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
857 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
858 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
859 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
860 example).
861 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
862 the default schema used in the above two items.
863 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
864 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
865 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
866 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
867 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
868 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
869 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
870 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
871 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
872 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
873 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
874 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
875 HELO/EHLO commands.
876 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
877 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
878 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
879 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
880 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
881 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
882 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
883 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
884 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
885 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
886 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
887 (verbose) command line option.
888 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
889 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
890 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
891 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
892 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
893 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
894 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
895 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
896 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
897 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
898 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
899 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
900 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
901 British Columbia.
902 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
903 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
904 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
905 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
906 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
907 if required.
908 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
909 class instead.
910 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
911 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
912 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
913 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
914 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
915 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
916 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
917 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
918 Nelson of IBM.
919 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
920 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
921 configurable during compile time. The current values and
922 their defaults are:
923 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
924 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
925 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
926 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
927 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
928 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
929 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
930 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
931 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
932 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
933 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
934 Meteorological Institute.
935 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
936 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
937 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
938 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
939 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
940 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
941 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
942 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
943 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
944 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
945 See sendmail/README for further information.
946 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
947 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
948 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
949 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
950 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
951 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
952 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
953 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
954 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
955 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
956 flora.ca.
957 Portability:
958 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
959 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
960 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
961 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
962 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
963 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
964 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
965 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
966 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
967 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
968 Solaris 8 and later.
969 Add support for OpenUNIX.
970 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
971 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
972 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
973 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
974 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
975 temporary lookup failures.
976 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
977 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
978 or IP nets.
979 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
980 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
981 to get through.
982 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
983 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
984 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
985 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
986 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
987 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
988 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
989 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
990 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
991 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
992 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
993 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
994 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
995 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
996 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
997 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
998 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
999 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1000 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1001 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1002 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1003 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1004 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1005 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1006 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1007 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1008 cf/README for details.
1009 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1010 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1011 University of Maryland.
1012 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1013 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1014 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1015 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1016 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1017 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1018 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1019 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1020 Solving.
1021 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1022 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1023 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1024 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1025 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1026 immediately.
1027 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1028 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1029 See cf/README for details.
1030 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1031 temporary lookup failures.
1032 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1033 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1034 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1035 memory use.
1036 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1037 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1038 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1039 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
1040 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1041 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1042 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1043 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1044 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1045 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1046 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1047 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1048 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
1049 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
1050 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
1051 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1052 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1053 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1054 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1055 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
1056 additional details.
1057 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1058 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1059 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
1060 information.
1061 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1062 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
1063 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1064 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1065 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
1066 recipients as user unknown.
1067 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1068 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1069 section of cf/README for more information.
1070 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1071 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1072 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1073 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1074 which takes the options as argument and can be used
1075 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1076 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1077 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
1078 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
1079 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
1080 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
1081 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
1082 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
1083 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
1084 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
1085 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
1086 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1087 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1088 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
1089 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
1090 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
1091 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
1092 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1093 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
1094 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
1095 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
1096 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
1097 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
1098 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
1099 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1100 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1101 doc/op/op.me for details.
1102 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1103 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
1104 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1105 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1106 dequote map.
1107 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1108 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1109 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1110 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1111 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
1112 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1113 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1114 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1115 This affects the access database as well as the
1116 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1117 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1118 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1119 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1120 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1121 Mississippi State University.
1122 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1123 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1124 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1125 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1126 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1127 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1128 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1129 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1130 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1131 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1132 systems which don't include cat directories.
1133 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1134 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1135 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
1136 mailbox database type.
1137 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1138 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1139 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
1140 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1141 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1142 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1143 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1144 instead of white space.
1145 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1146 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1147 Meteorological Institute.
1148 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1149 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1150 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1151 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1152 instead of syslog.
1153 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1154 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
1155 to specify the database and message file since there is no
1156 home directory for the default settings for these options.
1157 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1158 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
1159 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
1160 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
1161 New Directories:
1162 libmilter/docs
1163 New Files:
1164 cf/cf/README
1165 cf/cf/submit.cf
1166 cf/cf/submit.mc
1167 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
1168 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
1169 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
1170 cf/feature/msp.m4
1171 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
1172 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
1173 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
1174 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
1175 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
1176 cf/sendmail.schema
1177 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
1178 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
1179 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
1180 editmap/*
1181 include/sm/*
1182 libsm/*
1183 libsmutil/cf.c
1184 libsmutil/err.c
1185 sendmail/SECURITY
1186 sendmail/TUNING
1187 sendmail/bf.c
1188 sendmail/bf.h
1189 sendmail/sasl.c
1190 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
1191 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
1192 sendmail/tls.c
1193 Deleted Files:
1194 cf/feature/rbl.m4
1195 cf/ostype/aix2.m4
1196 devtools/OS/AIX.2
1197 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1198 include/sendmail/errstring.h
1199 include/sendmail/useful.h
1200 libsmutil/errstring.c
1201 sendmail/bf_portable.c
1202 sendmail/bf_portable.h
1203 sendmail/bf_torek.c
1204 sendmail/bf_torek.h
1205 sendmail/clock.c
1206 Renamed Files:
1207 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
1208 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
1209 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
1210
12118.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
1212 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
1213 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
1214 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
1215 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
1216 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
1217 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
1218 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
1219 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
1220 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
1221 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
1222 Werner Wiethege.
1223 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
1224 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
1225
12268.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
1227 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
1228 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
1229 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
1230 of SE Netway Communications.
1231 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
1232 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1233 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
1234 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
1235 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
1236 Bosserman of EarthLink.
1237 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
1238 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
1239 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
1240 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
1241 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
1242 University College.
1243 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
1244 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
1245 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
1246 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
1247 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
1248 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
1249 University at Albany.
1250 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
1251 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1252 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
1253 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
1254 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
1255 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
1256 Portability:
1257 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
1258 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1259 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
1260 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1261 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
1262 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
1263 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
1264 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
1265 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
1266 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
1267
12688.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
1269 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
1270 corruption and other potential race conditions.
1271 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
1272 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
1273 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
1274 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
1275 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
1276 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
1277 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
1278 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
1279 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
1280 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
1281 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
1282 from Kenji Miyake.
1283 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
1284 QueueDirectory wildcards.
1285 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
1286 the same map again while exiting.
1287 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
1288 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
1289 of Tuebingen.
1290 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
1291 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
1292 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
1293 Oklahoma State University.
1294 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
1295 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
1296 InTouch Systems, Inc.
1297 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
1298 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
1299 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
1300 Morgan Stanley.
1301 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
1302 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
1303 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1304 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
1305 from Werner Wiethege.
1306 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
1307 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
1308 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
1309 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
1310 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1311 Internet Services.
1312 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
1313 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1314 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
1315 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1316 Portability:
1317 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
1318 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
1319 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
1320 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
1321 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
1322 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1323 Meteorological Institute.
1324 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
1325 since it generates random process ids.
1326 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
1327 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
1328 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1329 New Files:
1330 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
1331
13328.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
1333 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
1334 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
1335 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1336 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1337 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
1338 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
1339 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
1340 communications consulting gmbh.
1341 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
1342 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1343 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
1344 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
1345 connection came in from the command line.
1346 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
1347 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
1348 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1349 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
1350 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
1351 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
1352 when they were committed.
1353 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
1354 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
1355 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
1356 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
1357 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
1358 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
1359 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
1360 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1361 University.
1362 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
1363 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
1364 accept() completes.
1365 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
1366 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
1367 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
1368 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
1369 Wellcome.
1370 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
1371 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
1372 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1373 University.
1374 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
1375 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
1376 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
1377 University of New Brunswick.
1378 Portability:
1379 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
1380 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
1381 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
1382 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
1383 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1384 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
1385 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
1386 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1387 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
1388 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
1389 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
1390 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
1391 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
1392 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
1393 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1394 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
1395 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
1396 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
1397 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1398 Institute.
1399 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
1400 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
1401 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1402 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
1403 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
1404 Renamed Files:
1405 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
1406
14078.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
1408 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
1409 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
1410 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
1411 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1412 Schools" project (IdS).
1413 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
1414 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
1415 be enabled by compiling with:
1416 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
1417 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
1418 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1419 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
1420 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
1421 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
1422 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
1423 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
1424 Colby College.
1425 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
1426 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
1427 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
1428 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
1429 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
1430 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
1431 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
1432 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
1433 NxNetworks, Inc.
1434 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
1435 client name.
1436 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
1437 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
1438 the Universitat Regensburg.
1439 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
1440 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
1441 University of Arizona.
1442 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
1443 of Collective Technologies.
1444 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
1445 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
1446 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
1447 Engineering.
1448 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
1449 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1450 Meteorological Institute.
1451 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
1452 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1453 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1454 Meteorological Institute.
1455 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
1456 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
1457 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
1458 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1459 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
1460 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
1461 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
1462 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
1463 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
1464 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1465 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
1466 overall connections, not the number of connections per
1467 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
1468 counting.
1469 Portability:
1470 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
1471 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
1472 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
1473 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
1474 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
1475 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
1476 Rosenman.
1477 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
1478 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1479 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
1480 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
1481 of Pacific Access.
1482 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
1483 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1484 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
1485 Microsystems.
1486 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
1487 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
1488 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1489 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
1490 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
1491 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
1492 implicitly assume canonical host names.
1493 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
1494 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1495 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
1496 Virginia Tech.
1497 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
1498 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
1499 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1500 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
1501 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
1502 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
1503 gmbh.
1504 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
1505 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1506 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
1507 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
1508 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
1509 of Kyoto University.
1510 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
1511 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
1512 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
1513 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
1514 version.
1515 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
1516 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1517 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1518 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
1519 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
1520 or *-owner.
1521 New Files:
1522 cf/ostype/aix5.m4
1523 contrib/buildvirtuser
1524 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
1525
15268.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
1527 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
1528 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1529 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
1530 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
1531 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
1532 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
1533 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1534 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
1535 wildcards.
1536 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
1537 process may close the connection before the child process
1538 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
1539 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
1540 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1541 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
1542 read the LDAP secret from a file.
1543 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
1544 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
1545 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
1546 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1547 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
1548 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
1549 of EarthLink.
1550 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
1551 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
1552 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
1553 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1554 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
1555 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1556 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
1557 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
1558 Fournier of Acadia University.
1559 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
1560 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
1561 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
1562 one of the others may be able to take over.
1563 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
1564 previous load average query result.
1565 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
1566 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
1567 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
1568 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1569 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
1570 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
1571 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
1572 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
1573 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1574 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
1575 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
1576 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
1577 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
1578 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
1579 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
1580 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
1581 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
1582 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
1583 University of British Columbia.
1584 Portability:
1585 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
1586 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
1587 override the setting. Suggested by
1588 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
1589 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
1590 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
1591 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
1592 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
1593 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1594 College.
1595 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
1596 Tom Moore of NCR.
1597 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
1598 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
1599 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
1600 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
1601 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1602 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
1603 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
1604 Consulting.
1605 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
1606 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
1607 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
1608 errors in the MAIL address.
1609 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
1610 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
1611 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
1612 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1613 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
1614 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
1615 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
1616 Ericsson.
1617 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
1618 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
1619 mailer as described in cf/README.
1620 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
1621 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
1622 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
1623 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
1624 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
1625 sendmail.
1626 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1627 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1628 Meteorological Institute.
1629 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
1630 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
1631 dot as the only character on the line.
1632 New Files:
1633 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
1634
16358.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
1636 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
1637 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
1638 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
1639 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
1640 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
1641 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
1642 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1643 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
1644 it populates. It is possible that some broken
1645 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
1646 Systems in this category should compile with
1647 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
1648 system and report broken implementations to
1649 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
1650 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
1651 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
1652 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
1653 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
1654 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
1655 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
1656 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
1657 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1658 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
1659 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
1660 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
1661 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1662 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
1663 random data.
1664 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
1665 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
1666 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
1667 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
1668 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
1669 Martin of CMU.
1670 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
1671 strength factor.
1672 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
1673 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
1674 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
1675 of CMU.
1676 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
1677 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
1678 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
1679 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
1680 documented, unless a family is specified in a
1681 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
1682 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
1683 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
1684 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
1685 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
1686 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1687 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
1688 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
1689 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
1690 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
1691 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
1692 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1693 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
1694 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
1695 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
1696 of Sun Microsystems.
1697 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
1698 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
1699 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
1700 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
1701 the incoming information in the queue file for later
1702 delivery attempts.
1703 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
1704 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
1705 smoe.org.
1706 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
1707 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
1708 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1709 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
1710 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
1711 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
1712 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
1713 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
1714 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1715 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
1716 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
1717 Hedeland of Ericsson.
1718 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
1719 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
1720 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
1721 of Northern Illinois University.
1722 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
1723 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1724 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
1725 to kilobyte units.
1726 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
1727 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
1728 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
1729 Polytechnic.
1730 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
1731 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
1732 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
1733 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1734 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
1735 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
1736 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1737 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
1738 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1739 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
1740 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
1741 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
1742 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
1743 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
1744 G. Thomas Consulting.
1745 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
1746 port number (113).
1747 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
1748 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1749 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
1750 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
1751 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1752 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
1753 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
1754 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
1755 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1756 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
1757 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
1758 University of Mainz.
1759 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
1760 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
1761 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
1762 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1763 Portability:
1764 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
1765 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
1766 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
1767 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
1768 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
1769 work properly causing problems if the accept()
1770 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
1771 from Tom Moore of NCR.
1772 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
1773 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
1774 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
1775 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
1776 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
1777 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
1778 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
1779 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
1780 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1781 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
1782 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
1783 confCACERT CACERTFile
1784 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
1785 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
1786 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
1787 confRAND_FILE RandFile
1788 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
1789 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
1790 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
1791 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
1792 cf/README for more information.
1793 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
1794 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
1795 called due to a STARTTLS command.
1796 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
1797 instead of temporary.
1798 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
1799 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
1800 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
1801 Consulting.
1802 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
1803 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
1804 RootsWeb.com.
1805 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
1806 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
1807 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
1808 University of Maryland.
1809 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
1810 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
1811 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
1812 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
1813 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
1814 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
1815 of the University of Alberta.
1816 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
1817 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
1818 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
1819 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
1820 of X.509 certificates.
1821 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
1822 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
1823 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
1824 Universitat Regensburg.
1825 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
1826 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1827 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
1828 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1829 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
1830 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1831 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
1832 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
1833 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1834 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
1835 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
1836 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
1837 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
1838 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
1839 University.
1840 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
1841 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
1842 links.
1843 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
1844 reported.
1845 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
1846 Denman Tire Corporation.
1847 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
1848 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
1849 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
1850 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
1851 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
1852 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
1853 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
1854 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
1855 have a From line.
1856 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
1857 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
1858 Added Files:
1859 cf/ostype/darwin.m4
1860 contrib/cidrexpand
1861 contrib/link_hash.sh
1862 contrib/movemail.conf
1863 contrib/movemail.pl
1864 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
1865 test/t_snprintf.c
1866
18678.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
1868 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
1869 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
1870 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
1871 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
1872 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
1873 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
1874 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
1875 Added Files:
1876 test/t_setuid.c
1877
18788.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
1879 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
1880 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
1881 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
1882 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
1883 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
1884 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
1885 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
1886 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
1887 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
1888 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
1889 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
1890 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1891 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
1892 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
1893 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1894 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
1895 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
1896 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
1897 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
1898 or higher.
1899 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
1900 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
1901 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
1902 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
1903 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1904 Polytechnic Institute.
1905 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
1906 discards the message.
1907 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
1908 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
1909 attempted to the alias.
1910 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
1911 flag options.
1912 Portability:
1913 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
1914 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
1915 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
1916 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
1917 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1918 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
1919 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
1920 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
1921 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
1922 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
1923 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
1924 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
1925 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
1926 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
1927 Services, LLC.
1928 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
1929 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
1930 Courtesan Consulting.
1931 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
1932 Siemens Business Services.
1933 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
1934 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
1935 of WSRCC.
1936 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
1937 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
1938 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
1939 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
1940 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
1941 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
1942 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
1943 of NEC.
1944 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
1945 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
1946 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
1947 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
1948 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
1949 Virginia Tech.
1950 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
1951 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
1952 University.
1953 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
1954 for other internal projects but included in the open source
1955 release.
1956 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
1957 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
1958 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
1959 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
1960 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
1961 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
1962 Sendmail.
1963 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
1964 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
1965 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1966 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
1967 as SFF_NOWRFILES.
1968 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
1969 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
1970 Northern Illinois University.
1971 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
1972 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
1973 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
1974 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1975 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
1976 Polytechnique de Montreal.
1977 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
1978 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
1979 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
1980 Added Files:
1981 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
1982 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
1983 Deleted Files:
1984 contrib/converting.sun.configs
1985 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
1986 doc/intro
1987 doc/usenix
1988 doc/changes
1989
19908.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
1991 *************************************************************
1992 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
1993 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
1994 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
1995 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
1996 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
1997 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
1998 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
1999 * coach, and a friend. *
2000 * *
2001 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
2002 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
2003 * Julie, we miss you! *
2004 *************************************************************
2005 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2006 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2007 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2008 symbolic link target.
2009 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2010 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2011 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2012 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2013 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2014 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2015 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
2016 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2017 version of sendmail.
2018 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2019 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
2020 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2021 (IdS).
2022 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
2023 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
2024 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2025 for easier code sharing among the programs.
2026 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
2027 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2028 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2029 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2030 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2031 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2032 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2033 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2034 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2035 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2036 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2037 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2038 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2039 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2040 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2041 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2042 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2043 now listen on several different ports. Use:
2044 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2045 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2046 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2047 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2048 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
2049 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2050 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2051 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2052 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2053 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
2054 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2055 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
2056 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2057 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2058 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2059 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2060 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2061 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2062 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2063 accordingly.
2064 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2065 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2066 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
2067 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2068 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
2069 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2070 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2071 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2072 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2073 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2074 InCert Software.
2075 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2076 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2077 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
2078 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2079 a control socket request.
2080 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2081 settings:
2082 Timeout.resolver.retrans
2083 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2084 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2085 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2086 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2087 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2088 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2089 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2090 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2091 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2092 delivery attempt.
2093 Timeout.resolver.retry
2094 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2095 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2096 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2097 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2098 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2099 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2100 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2101 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2102 query for all resolver lookups except the first
2103 delivery attempt.
2104 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2105 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
2106 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
2107 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
2108 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
2109 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
2110 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
2111 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
2112 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
2113 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
2114 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2115 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
2116 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
2117 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
2118 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
2119 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
2120 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
2121 Telecommunications Ltd.
2122 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
2123 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
2124 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
2125 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
2126 Inc.
2127 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
2128 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
2129 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2130 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
2131 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2132 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
2133 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
2134 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2135 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
2136 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
2137 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
2138 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
2139 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
2140 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
2141 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
2142 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
2143 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2144 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
2145 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
2146 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
2147 Ltd.
2148 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
2149 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
2150 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
2151 example mailer might be:
2152 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
2153 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
2154 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
2155 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2156 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
2157 instead.
2158 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
2159 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
2160 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
2161 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
2162 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
2163 flags.
2164 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
2165 body of the original message on delivery status
2166 notifications.
2167 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
2168 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2169 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
2170 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
2171 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2172 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
2173 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
2174 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2175 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
2176 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
2177 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
2178 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2179 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
2180 Conwell of Boston University.
2181 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
2182 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2183 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
2184 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
2185 @Home Network.
2186 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
2187 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
2188 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
2189 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
2190 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
2191 similar to check_rcpt etc.
2192 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
2193 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
2194 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
2195 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
2196 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2197 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
2198 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
2199 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2200 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
2201 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
2202 Mathias Herberts.
2203 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
2204 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
2205 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
2206 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
2207 in check_compat).
2208 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
2209 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
2210 option.
2211 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
2212 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
2213 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2214 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
2215 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
2216 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
2217 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
2218 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2219 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
2220 is set.
2221 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
2222 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
2223 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
2224 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
2225 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
2226 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
2227 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
2228 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
2229 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
2230 a denial-of-service attack.
2231 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
2232 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
2233 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
2234 overflow attacks.
2235 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
2236 alias recursion.
2237 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
2238 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
2239 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
2240 directly before the newline.
2241 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
2242 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
2243 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
2244 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
2245 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
2246 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
2247 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
2248 could not be opened.
2249 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
2250 value of this option is macro expanded.
2251 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
2252 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
2253 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
2254 (along with the already existing macros):
2255 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
2256 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
2257 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
2258 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
2259 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
2260 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
2261 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
2262 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
2263 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
2264 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
2265 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
2266 loopback net.
2267 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
2268 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
2269 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
2270 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
2271 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
2272 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
2273 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2274 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
2275 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
2276 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
2277 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
2278 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2279 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
2280 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
2281 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
2282 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
2283 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
2284 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2285 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
2286 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
2287 Ericsson.
2288 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2289 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
2290 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
2291 of Ericsson.
2292 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
2293 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
2294 of Renaissance Internet Services.
2295 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
2296 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
2297 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
2298 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
2299 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
2300 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
2301 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2302 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
2303 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
2304 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
2305 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
2306 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
2307 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
2308 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2309 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
2310 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
2311 equate name.
2312 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
2313 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
2314 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
2315 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
2316 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
2317 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
2318 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
2319 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
2320 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
2321 David Cooley of Colby College.
2322 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
2323 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
2324 already decided the message will be passed to another host
2325 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
2326 Buckeridge Young Limited.
2327 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
2328 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
2329 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
2330 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
2331 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
2332 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
2333 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
2334 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
2335 of Stanford University.
2336 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
2337 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
2338 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
2339 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
2340 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
2341 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
2342 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
2343 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2344 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
2345 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
2346 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
2347 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
2348 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2349 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
2350 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
2351 attributes found in the match will be returned.
2352 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
2353 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
2354 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
2355 comma separated key and value strings.
2356 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
2357 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
2358 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
2359 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
2360 a single connection to that host.
2361 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
2362 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
2363 LDAP lookups.
2364 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
2365 resources.
2366 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
2367 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
2368 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
2369 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
2370 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
2371 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
2372 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
2373 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
2374 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
2375 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
2376 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
2377 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
2378 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
2379 with the name "*".
2380 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
2381 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
2382 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
2383 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
2384 matches to return.
2385 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
2386 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
2387 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
2388 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
2389 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
2390 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
2391 are defined.
2392 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
2393 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
2394 Tech.
2395 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
2396 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
2397 important if you have large classes.
2398 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
2399 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
2400 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2401 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
2402 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
2403 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
2404 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
2405 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
2406 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
2407 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
2408 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
2409 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
2410 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
2411 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
2412 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
2413 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
2414 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
2415 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
2416 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
2417 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
2418 determined). For single processor machines, this change
2419 has no effect.
2420 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
2421 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2422 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
2423 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2424 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
2425 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
2426 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
2427 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
2428 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
2429 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
2430 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
2431 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
2432 connection-based denial of service attacks.
2433 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
2434 10 or higher.
2435 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
2436 information (from= syslog line).
2437 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
2438 equate (dsn=).
2439 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
2440 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More
2441 information is available at
2442 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark
2443 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2444 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
2445 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2446 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2447 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
2448 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2449 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
2450 the program as the default user and the default group, not
2451 the forward file user. This change also assures the
2452 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
2453 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
2454 Popovici of DNT Romania.
2455 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
2456 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
2457 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
2458 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
2459 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
2460 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
2461 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
2462 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
2463 helpful to know the sender of the message.
2464 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
2465 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2466 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
2467 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
2468 multiple files.
2469 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
2470 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
2471 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
2472 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
2473 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
2474 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
2475 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
2476 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
2477 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
2478 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
2479 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
2480 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
2481 length before the attempt.
2482 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
2483 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
2484 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
2485 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
2486 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
2487 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
2488 host status files, not all files.
2489 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
2490 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
2491 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
2492 Wonderworks Inc.
2493 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
2494 macro map class. This can be used to store information
2495 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
2496 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
2497 of Hannover.
2498 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
2499 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
2500 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
2501 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
2502 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
2503 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
2504 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
2505 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
2506 flag:
2507 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
2508 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
2509 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
2510 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
2511 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
2512 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
2513 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
2514 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
2515 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
2516 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
2517 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
2518 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
2519 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
2520 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2521 version.
2522 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
2523 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
2524 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
2525 if referencing a named ruleset.
2526 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
2527 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
2528 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
2529 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
2530 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
2531 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
2532 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
2533 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
2534 the University of Maryland.
2535 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
2536 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
2537 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
2538 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
2539 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
2540 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
2541 COMMANDS).
2542 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
2543 but for outgoing connections.
2544 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
2545 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
2546 a require authentication
2547 b bind to interface through which mail has
2548 been received
2549 c perform hostname canonification
2550 f require fully qualified hostname
2551 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
2552 command
2553 C don't perform hostname canonification
2554 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
2555 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
2556 h use name of interface for HELO command
2557 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
2558 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
2559 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
2560 Institutes of Health.
2561 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
2562 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2563 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
2564 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
2565 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2566 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
2567 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
2568 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
2569 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
2570 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
2571 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
2572 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
2573 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2574 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
2575 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
2576 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
2577 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
2578 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
2579 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
2580 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
2581 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
2582 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
2583 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
2584 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
2585 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2586 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
2587 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
2588 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
2589 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
2590 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
2591 timeout.
2592 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
2593 interface address structure when loading the system network
2594 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
2595 Nanoteq.
2596 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
2597 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
2598 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
2599 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
2600 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
2601 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
2602 on load average.
2603 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2604 Northern Illinois University.
2605 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
2606 envelope splitting has occurred.
2607 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
2608 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
2609 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
2610 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
2611 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
2612 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2613 Institute.
2614 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
2615 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
2616 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
2617 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
2618 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
2619 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
2620 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2621 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
2622 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2623 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
2624 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2625 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
2626 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
2627 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
2628 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2629 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
2630 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
2631 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
2632 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2633 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
2634 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
2635 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
2636 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2637 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
2638 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
2639 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2640 University.
2641 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
2642 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
2643 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
2644 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
2645 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
2646 ruleset lines as well.
2647 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
2648 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
2649 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
2650 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2651 Institute.
2652 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
2653 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
2654 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2655 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
2656 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
2657 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
2658 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
2659 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
2660 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
2661 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
2662 of Ericsson.
2663 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
2664 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
2665 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
2666 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2667 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
2668 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
2669 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
2670 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
2671 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
2672 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
2673 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
2674 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
2675 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
2676 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
2677 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
2678 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2679 University.
2680 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
2681 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
2682 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
2683 'sendmail -bs'.
2684 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
2685 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
2686 them in the .cf file.
2687 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
2688 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
2689 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
2690 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
2691 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
2692 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
2693 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
2694 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
2695 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2696 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
2697 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
2698 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
2699 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
2700 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2701 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
2702 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2703 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
2704 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
2705 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
2706 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
2707 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
2708 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
2709 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
2710 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
2711 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
2712 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
2713 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2714 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
2715 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
2716 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
2717 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2718 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
2719 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
2720 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
2721 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
2722 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
2723 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2724 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
2725 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
2726 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
2727 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
2728 don't fail on ANY queries.
2729 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
2730 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
2731 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2732 Northern Illinois University.
2733 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
2734 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
2735 State University.
2736 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
2737 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2738 Northern Illinois University.
2739 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
2740 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
2741 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
2742 Portability:
2743 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
2744 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
2745 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
2746 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
2747 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2748 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
2749 This allows network interface probing to work
2750 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
2751 University of Iowa.
2752 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
2753 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
2754 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
2755 name.
2756 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
2757 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
2758 Virginia Tech.
2759 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
2760 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
2761 Amsterdam.
2762 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
2763 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
2764 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
2765 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
2766 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
2767 in building the operating system. Users can
2768 override the defaults by setting confCC and
2769 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
2770 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
2771 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
2772 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
2773 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
2774 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
2775 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2776 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
2777 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2778 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
2779 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
2780 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
2781 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2782 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
2783 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
2784 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
2785 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
2786 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
2787 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
2788 use that value in conf.h.
2789 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
2790 BITart Consulting.
2791 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
2792 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
2793 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
2794 Computer, Inc.
2795 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
2796 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
2797 of E I A.
2798 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
2799 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
2800 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
2801 fchown(2).
2802 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
2803 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
2804 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
2805 srandomdev(3).
2806 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
2807 setlogin(2).
2808 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
2809 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
2810 Siemens Business Services.
2811 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
2812 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
2813 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
2814 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
2815 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
2816 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
2817 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
2818 Aerospace.
2819 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
2820 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
2821 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
2822 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
2823 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
2824 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
2825 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
2826 University.
2827 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
2828 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
2829 Technology Information Network.
2830 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
2831 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
2832 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
2833 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
2834 and OpenBSD.
2835 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
2836 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
2837 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
2838 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2839 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
2840 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
2841 details.
2842 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
2843 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
2844 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
2845 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
2846 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2847 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
2848 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
2849 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
2850 Courtesan Consulting.
2851 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
2852 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
2853 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
2854 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
2855 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
2856 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
2857 multiple times.
2858 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
2859 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
2860 with From:).
2861 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
2862 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
2863 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
2864 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
2865 new functionality.
2866 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2867 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
2868 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
2869 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
2870 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
2871 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
2872 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
2873 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
2874 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
2875 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
2876 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
2877 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
2878 confPID_FILE PidFile
2879 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
2880 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
2881 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
2882 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
2883 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2884 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2885 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
2886 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2887 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2888 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
2889 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
2890 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
2891 which takes the options as argument and can be used
2892 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2893 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
2894 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
2895 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
2896 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
2897 to "IPC $h".
2898 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
2899 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
2900 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
2901 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
2902 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
2903 value should be changed with care.
2904 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
2905 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
2906 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
2907 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
2908 complain.
2909 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
2910 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
2911 of Q7 Enterprises.
2912 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
2913 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
2914 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
2915 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
2916 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
2917 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
2918 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
2919 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
2920 of Northern Illinois University.
2921 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
2922 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
2923 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
2924 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
2925 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
2926 in it.
2927 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
2928 in class 'P' ($=P).
2929 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
2930 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
2931 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
2932 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
2933 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
2934 is added.
2935 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
2936 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
2937 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
2938 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
2939 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
2940 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
2941 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
2942 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
2943 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
2944 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
2945 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
2946 Hubert of University of Washington.
2947 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
2948 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
2949 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
2950 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
2951 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
2952 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
2953 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
2954 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
2955 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
2956 Services.
2957 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
2958 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
2959 Aerospace.
2960 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
2961 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
2962 University and Brian Candler.
2963 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
2964 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2965 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
2966 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2967 Institute.
2968 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
2969 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
2970 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
2971 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
2972 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
2973 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
2974 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
2975 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
2976 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
2977 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2978 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
2979 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
2980 Willamette Industries, Inc.
2981 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
2982 converted to <user@d>
2983 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
2984 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
2985 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
2986 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
2987 performed.
2988 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
2989 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
2990 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2991 Institute.
2992 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
2993 be accessed by their numbers).
2994 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
2995 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
2996 of an address.
2997 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
2998 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
2999 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3000 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3001 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3002 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3003 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3004 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3005 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3006 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3007 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3008 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3009 Institute.
3010 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3011 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3012 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3013 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
3014 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3015 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3016 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3017 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3018 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3019 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3020 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3021 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3022 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3023 University of California at Berkeley.
3024 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3025 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3026 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
3027 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3028 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3029 Corporation UK.
3030 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3031 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3032 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3033 Yale University.
3034 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3035 be used for building.
3036 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3037 used for a fresh build.
3038 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3039 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3040 ranlib.
3041 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3042 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3043 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3044 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
3045 Costales.
3046 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3047 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3048 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3049 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3050 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
3051 of Siemens Business Services.
3052 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3053 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3054 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
3055 torek.
3056 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3057 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3058 They should contain the C source files for the object files
3059 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
3060 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3061 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3062 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
3063 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3064 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3065 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3066 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
3067 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3068 are in devtools/README.
3069 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3070 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3071 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3072 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
3073 new variable which identifies the root of the source
3074 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3075 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3076 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3077 macro.
3078 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3079 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3080 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3081 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3082 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3083 Corporation.
3084 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3085 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3086 confMANROOTMAN.
3087 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3088 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
3089 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3090 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3091 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3092 Communications.
3093 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3094 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3095 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3096 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
3097 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3098 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
3099 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
3100 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
3101 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
3102 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
3103 install-strip target.
3104 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
3105 the others (if it exists).
3106 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
3107 then the default ones.
3108 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
3109 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
3110 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
3111 to set the S flag.
3112 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
3113 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
3114 Northern Illinois University.
3115 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
3116 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
3117 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3118 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
3119 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
3120 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3121 University.
3122 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
3123 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
3124 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3125 University.
3126 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
3127 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
3128 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
3129 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
3130 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
3131 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
3132 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3133 University.
3134 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
3135 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
3136 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3137 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
3138 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
3139 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
3140 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
3141 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
3142 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
3143 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
3144 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
3145 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
3146 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
3147 Alcatel Australia Limited.
3148 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
3149 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
3150 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3151 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
3152 timeout to avoid starvation.
3153 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
3154 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
3155 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3156 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3157 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
3158 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
3159 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
3160 of Maryland.
3161 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
3162 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
3163 sendmail configuration file.
3164 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
3165 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
3166 option.
3167 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
3168 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3169 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
3170 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
3171 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
3172 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
3173 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
3174 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
3175 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3176 Corporation UK.
3177 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
3178 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
3179 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
3180 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3181 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
3182 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
3183 Institute for Global Communications.
3184 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
3185 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
3186 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3187 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
3188 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
3189 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3190 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
3191 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
3192 of the Institute for Global Communications.
3193 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
3194 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
3195 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
3196 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
3197 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
3198 Changed Files:
3199 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
3200 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
3201 which execute the actual Build script in
3202 devtools/bin.
3203 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
3204 -mandoc as they were previously.
3205 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
3206 of Build will work (unless parameters are
3207 required for Build).
3208 New Directories:
3209 devtools/M4/UNIX
3210 include
3211 libmilter
3212 libsmdb
3213 libsmutil
3214 vacation
3215 Renamed Directories:
3216 BuildTools => devtools
3217 src => sendmail
3218 Deleted Files:
3219 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
3220 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
3221 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3222 devtools/OS/SINIX
3223 sendmail/ldap_map.h
3224 New Files:
3225 INSTALL
3226 PGPKEYS
3227 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
3228 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
3229 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
3230 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
3231 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
3232 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
3233 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
3234 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
3235 cf/mailer/qpage.m4
3236 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
3237 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
3238 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
3239 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
3240 contrib/domainmap.m4
3241 contrib/qtool.8
3242 contrib/qtool.pl
3243 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
3244 devtools/M4/list.m4
3245 devtools/M4/string.m4
3246 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
3247 devtools/M4/switch.m4
3248 devtools/OS/Darwin
3249 devtools/OS/GNU
3250 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
3251 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
3252 devtools/OS/m88k
3253 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
3254 mail.local/Makefile
3255 mailstats/Makefile
3256 makemap/Makefile
3257 praliases/Makefile
3258 rmail/Makefile
3259 sendmail/Makefile
3260 sendmail/bf.h
3261 sendmail/bf_portable.c
3262 sendmail/bf_portable.h
3263 sendmail/bf_torek.c
3264 sendmail/bf_torek.h
3265 sendmail/shmticklib.c
3266 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
3267 sendmail/timers.c
3268 sendmail/timers.h
3269 smrsh/Makefile
3270 vacation/Makefile
3271 Renamed Files:
3272 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
3273 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3274 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
3275 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
3276 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
3277 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
3278 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
3279 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
3280 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
3281 Copied Files:
3282 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
3283
32848.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
3285 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
3286 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
3287 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
3288 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3289 Schools" project (IdS).
3290 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
3291 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
3292 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
3293 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3294 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
3295 when performing the MIME header length check. This
3296 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
3297 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
3298 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
3299 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
3300 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
3301 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3302 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
3303 ExecPC Internet Systems.
3304 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
3305 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
3306 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
3307 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
3308 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
3309 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
3310 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
3311 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
3312 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
3313 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3314 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
3315 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
3316 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
3317 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
3318 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
3319 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
3320 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
3321 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
3322 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
3323 group of the IETF.
3324 Portability:
3325 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
3326 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
3327 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
3328 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
3329 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
3330 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
3331 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
3332 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
3333 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
3334 Technical University of Denmark.
3335 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
3336 Supercomputer Center.
3337 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
3338 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
3339 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
3340 of Stanford University.
3341 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
3342 between different releases. Back out the
3343 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
3344 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
3345 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
3346 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
3347 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
3348 of Siemens/SNI.
3349 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3350 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
3351 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
3352 University of Brno.
3353 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
3354 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
3355 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3356 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
3357 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
3358 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3359 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
3360 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
3361 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
3362 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
3363 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3364 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
3365 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
3366 MIDS Europe.
3367 New Files:
3368 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
3369 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3370 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
3371
33728.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
3373 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
3374 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
3375 for a denial of service attack.
3376 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
3377 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3378 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
3379 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3380 Corporation UK.
3381 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
3382 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
3383 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
3384 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
3385 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
3386 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
3387 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
3388 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
3389 Internet Services.
3390 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
3391 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
3392 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
3393 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
3394 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
3395 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
3396 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
3397 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
3398 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3399 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
3400 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
3401 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
3402 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
3403 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3404 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3405 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
3406 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
3407 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
3408 Internet Services.
3409 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
3410 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
3411 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
3412 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
3413 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
3414 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
3415 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
3416 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
3417 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
3418 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
3419 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
3420 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
3421 extended testing.
3422 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
3423 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
3424 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
3425 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
3426 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
3427 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3428 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
3429 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
3430 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
3431 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3432 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3433 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
3434 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
3435 Network.
3436 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
3437 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
3438 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
3439 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
3440 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
3441 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
3442 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3443 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
3444 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
3445 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
3446 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
3447 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
3448 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
3449 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
3450 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
3451 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
3452 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3453 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
3454 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3455 Meteorological Institute.
3456 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3457 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
3458 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
3459 Portability:
3460 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3461 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
3462 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
3463 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
3464 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
3465 reading network interface addresses into
3466 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
3467 Cal State University, Chico.
3468 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
3469 from changing the semantics of the compiled
3470 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
3471 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
3472 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
3473 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3474 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3475 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
3476 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
3477 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
3478 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
3479 of Sun Microsystems.
3480 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
3481 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3482 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
3483 of Bits Co., Ltd.
3484 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
3485 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3486 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
3487 of E I A.
3488 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
3489 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
3490 Information Center.
3491 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
3492 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3493 Institute.
3494 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
3495 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
3496 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
3497 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
3498 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3499 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
3500 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
3501 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
3502 Manawatu Internet Services.
3503 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
3504 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
3505 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
3506 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
3507 of Northern Illinois University.
3508 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
3509 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3510 Kiel.
3511 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
3512 Dot Com.
3513 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
3514 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3515 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3516 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
3517 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
3518 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
3519 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3520 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
3521 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3522 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
3523 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
3524 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
3525 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3526 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
3527 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3528 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
3529 the envelope From header.
3530 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
3531 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
3532 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
3533 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
3534 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
3535 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
3536 Portal Services, Inc.
3537 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
3538 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
3539 Sun Microsystems.
3540 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3541 New Files:
3542 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
3543 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
3544 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
3545 contrib/smcontrol.pl
3546 src/control.c
3547
35488.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
3549 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
3550 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
3551 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
3552 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
3553 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
3554 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
3555 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3556 Meteorological Institute.
3557 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
3558 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
3559 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3560 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
3561 installation commands. The man pages would still be
3562 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
3563 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3564 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
3565 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3566 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
3567 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
3568 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
3569 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
3570 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
3571 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
3572 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
3573 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
3574 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
3575 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
3576 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
3577 Flextech TV.
3578 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
3579 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
3580 DaveLtd Enterprises.
3581 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
3582 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
3583 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
3584 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
3585 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
3586 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
3587 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
3588 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
3589 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
3590 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
3591 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
3592 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
3593 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
3594 University.
3595 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
3596 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
3597 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
3598 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
3599 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
3600 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
3601 Portability:
3602 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
3603 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
3604 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
3605 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
3606 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
3607 of BSDI.
3608 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
3609 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
3610 PICT Inc.
3611 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
3612 J. P. McCann of E I A.
3613 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
3614 of TEMPEST, Ltd.
3615 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
3616 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
3617 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
3618 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3619 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
3620 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
3621 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3622 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
3623 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
3624 would not accept @@hostname.
3625 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
3626 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
3627 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
3628 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
3629 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3630 New Files:
3631 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
3632
36338.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
3634 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
3635 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
3636 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
3637 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
3638 which need the ability to override security can use the
3639 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
3640 information.
3641 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3642 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3643 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
3644 world writable directories.
3645 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
3646 it is in a world writable directory.
3647 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
3648 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
3649 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
3650 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3651 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3652 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
3653 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
3654 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3655 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
3656 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
3657 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
3658 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
3659 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
3660 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
3661 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
3662 default.
3663 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
3664 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
3665 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
3666 the University of Maryland.
3667 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
3668 of Cal State University, Chico.
3669 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
3670 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
3671 current version of Berkeley DB.
3672 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
3673 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3674 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
3675 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
3676 of Maryland.
3677 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
3678 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
3679 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
3680 Microsystems.
3681 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
3682 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
3683 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
3684 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
3685 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
3686 mail.local on the F=z flag.
3687 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
3688 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
3689 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
3690 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
3691 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
3692 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
3693 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
3694 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3695 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3696 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
3697 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
3698 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
3699 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3700 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
3701 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
3702 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
3703 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
3704 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
3705 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
3706 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
3707 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
3708 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
3709 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
3710 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
3711 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
3712 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
3713 relaying entirely.
3714 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
3715 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
3716 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
3717 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
3718 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
3719 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
3720 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
3721 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3722 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
3723 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
3724 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
3725 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
3726 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3727 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
3728 sender for those failures.
3729 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
3730 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
3731 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
3732 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
3733 of Ericsson.
3734 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
3735 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
3736 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3737 of Procter & Gamble.
3738 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
3739 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
3740 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3741 of Procter & Gamble.
3742 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
3743 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
3744 of system security. This should only be used if you are
3745 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
3746 DontBlameSendmail options are:
3747 Safe
3748 AssumeSafeChown
3749 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
3750 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
3751 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
3752 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
3753 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
3754 GroupWritableAliasFile
3755 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
3756 WorldWritableAliasFile
3757 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3758 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3759 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
3760 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
3761 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3762 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3763 MapInUnsafeDirPath
3764 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
3765 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
3766 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
3767 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
3768 LinkedMapInWritableDir
3769 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
3770 FileDeliveryToHardLink
3771 FileDeliveryToSymLink
3772 WriteMapToHardLink
3773 WriteMapToSymLink
3774 WriteStatsToHardLink
3775 WriteStatsToSymLink
3776 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
3777 RunWritableProgram
3778 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
3779 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
3780 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
3781 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
3782 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
3783 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
3784 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
3785 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
3786 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
3787 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
3788 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
3789 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
3790 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
3791 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
3792 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
3793 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
3794 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
3795 contrast to the success case).
3796 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
3797 of the form:
3798 HHeader: $>Ruleset
3799 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
3800 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
3801 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
3802 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
3803 from hiding their connection information in Received:
3804 headers.
3805 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
3806 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
3807 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
3808 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
3809 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
3810 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
3811 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
3812 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
3813 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
3814 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
3815 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
3816 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
3817 remote identity can be queried.
3818 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
3819 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
3820 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
3821 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3822 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
3823 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
3824 some of the details are determined dynamically via
3825 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
3826 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
3827 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
3828 the new Build method which creates an operating system
3829 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
3830 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
3831 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
3832 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
3833 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
3834 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
3835 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3836 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
3837 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
3838 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
3839 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
3840 This means that even if only one of the recipients
3841 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
3842 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
3843 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
3844 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
3845 of CNET: The Computer Network.
3846 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
3847 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
3848 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3849 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
3850 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
3851 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
3852 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
3853 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
3854 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
3855 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
3856 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
3857 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
3858 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3859 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
3860 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
3861 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3862 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
3863 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
3864 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
3865 Institute.
3866 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
3867 mail.local.
3868 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
3869 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
3870 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
3871 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
3872 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
3873 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3874 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
3875 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
3876 of InfoBeat, Inc.
3877 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
3878 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
3879 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
3880 mailstats command.
3881 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
3882 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
3883 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
3884 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
3885 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
3886 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
3887 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3888 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
3889 Ericsson.
3890 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
3891 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
3892 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
3893 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
3894 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
3895 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
3896 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
3897 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
3898 Stratus Computer, Inc.
3899 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
3900 currently supported version.
3901 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
3902 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
3903 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
3904 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
3905 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
3906 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3907 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
3908 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
3909 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
3910 message in error bounces.
3911 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
3912 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
3913 Digital Equipment Corporation.
3914 Portability:
3915 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
3916 of Kyoto University.
3917 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
3918 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
3919 Maryland.
3920 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
3921 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
3922 in Finland.
3923 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
3924 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
3925 the University of Maryland.
3926 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
3927 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
3928 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3929 Meteorological Institute.
3930 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
3931 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
3932 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
3933 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
3934 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
3935 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
3936 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
3937 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
3938 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
3939 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
3940 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
3941 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3942 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
3943 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
3944 Microsystems.
3945 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
3946 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
3947 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
3948 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3949 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
3950 directory for certain programs.
3951 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
3952 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
3953 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
3954 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
3955 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
3956 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
3957 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
3958 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
3959 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
3960 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
3961 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
3962 the user to setup different .forward files for
3963 user+detail addressing.
3964 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
3965 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
3966 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
3967 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
3968 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
3969 outside your domain).
3970 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
3971 any site to any site.
3972 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
3973 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
3974 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
3975 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
3976 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
3977 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
3978 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
3979 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
3980 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
3981 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
3982 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
3983 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
3984 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
3985 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
3986 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
3987 host names only.
3988 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
3989 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
3990 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
3991 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
3992 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
3993 needed for most installations.
3994 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
3995 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
3996 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
3997 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
3998 the University of Maryland.
3999 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4000 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4001 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4002 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4003 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4004 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4005 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4006 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4007 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4008 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4009 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4010 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
4011 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4012 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
4013 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4014 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4015 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4016 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
4017 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
4018 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
4019 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4020 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4021 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4022 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4023 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4024 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
4025 above for more information.
4026 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4027 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4028 Meteorological Institute.
4029 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4030 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4031 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
4032 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
4033 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4034 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4035 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4036 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4037 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4038 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4039 MustQuoteChars respectively.
4040 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
4041 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4042 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
4043 CMU (now of Netscape).
4044 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4045 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
4046 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
4047 read mail.local/README.
4048 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4049 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4050 University of Maryland.
4051 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4052 University, Chico.
4053 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4054 Meteorological Institute.
4055 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4056 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4057 University of Maryland.
4058 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4059 such as linked files in world writable directories.
4060 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4061 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4062 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
4063 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4064 Braunschweig.
4065 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
4066 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4067 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4068 Changed Files:
4069 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4070 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4071 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4072 New Files:
4073 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4074 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4075 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4076 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4077 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4078 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4079 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4080 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4081 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4082 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4083 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4084 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4085 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4086 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4087 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4088 BuildTools/OS/QNX
4089 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4090 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4091 BuildTools/README
4092 BuildTools/Site/README
4093 BuildTools/bin/Build
4094 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4095 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4096 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
4097 Makefile
4098 cf/cf/Build
4099 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
4100 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
4101 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
4102 cf/feature/access_db.m4
4103 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
4104 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
4105 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
4106 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
4107 cf/feature/rbl.m4
4108 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
4109 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
4110 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
4111 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
4112 cf/ostype/qnx.m4
4113 contrib/doublebounce.pl
4114 mail.local/Build
4115 mail.local/Makefile.m4
4116 mail.local/README
4117 mailstats/Build
4118 mailstats/Makefile.m4
4119 makemap/Build
4120 makemap/Makefile.m4
4121 praliases/Build
4122 praliases/Makefile.m4
4123 rmail/Build
4124 rmail/Makefile.m4
4125 rmail/rmail.0
4126 smrsh/Build
4127 smrsh/Makefile.m4
4128 src/Build
4129 src/Makefile.m4
4130 src/snprintf.c
4131 Deleted Files:
4132 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
4133 mail.local/Makefile
4134 mail.local/Makefile.dist
4135 mailstats/Makefile
4136 mailstats/Makefile.dist
4137 makemap/Makefile
4138 makemap/Makefile.dist
4139 praliases/Makefile
4140 praliases/Makefile.dist
4141 rmail/Makefile
4142 smrsh/Makefile
4143 smrsh/Makefile.dist
4144 src/Makefile
4145 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
4146 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
4147 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
4148 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
4149 Renamed Files:
4150 READ_ME => README
4151 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
4152 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
4153 src/READ_ME => src/README
4154
41558.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
4156 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
4157 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4158 Meteorological Institute.
4159 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
4160 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
4161 Arseneault of SRI International.
4162 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
4163 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
4164 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4165 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
4166 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
4167 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
4168 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
4169 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
4170 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4171 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
4172 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
4173 River Systems.
4174 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
4175 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
4176 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
4177 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
4178 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4179 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
4180 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
4181 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
4182 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
4183 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
4184 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
4185 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
4186 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
4187 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4188 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4189 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
4190 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4191 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
4192 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
4193 results during a single message processing (but would
4194 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
4195 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
4196 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
4197 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4198 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4199 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
4200 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
4201 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4202 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4203 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
4204 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
4205 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
4206 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
4207 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
4208 and the inability to save a bounce message to
4209 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
4210 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
4211 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
4212 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
4213 Associates.
4214 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
4215 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
4216 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
4217 could cause confusing error messages.
4218 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
4219 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
4220 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
4221 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
4222 SuperNet, Inc.
4223 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
4224 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4225 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
4226 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4227 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4228 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
4229 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
4230 dropped.
4231 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
4232 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
4233 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4234 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
4235 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
4236 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
4237 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
4238 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4239 Institute.
4240 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
4241 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
4242 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
4243 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
4244 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
4245 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
4246 RUS University of Stuttgart.
4247 Minor lint fixes.
4248 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
4249 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
4250 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
4251 of Stanford University.
4252 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
4253 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
4254 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
4255 Portability:
4256 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
4257 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
4258 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
4259 Electronic Data Systems.
4260 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
4261 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
4262 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
4263 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
4264 loader environment variables into the loader memory
4265 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
4266 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
4267 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
4268 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
4269 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
4270 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
4271 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
4272 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
4273 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
4274 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
4275 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4276 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
4277 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4278 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
4279 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
4280 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
4281 Services.
4282 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
4283 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4284 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
4285 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
4286 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
4287 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
4288 Services VAS.
4289 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4290 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
4291 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
4292 Ericsson.
4293
42948.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
4295 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
4296 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
4297 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
4298 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
4299 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
4300 GmbH.
4301 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
4302 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
4303 of Technology, Stockholm.
4304 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
4305 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
4306 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
4307 that these routines are included as though they were in the
4308 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
4309 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
4310 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
4311 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
4312 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
4313 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
4314 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
4315 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
4316 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
4317 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
4318 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
4319 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
4320 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
4321 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
4322 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
4323 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
4324 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
4325 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
4326 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
4327 have to assume that the information is good.
4328 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
4329 open or locked.
4330 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
4331 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
4332 errors during testing.
4333 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
4334 printed in the error message.
4335 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
4336 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
4337 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
4338 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
4339 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4340 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
4341 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
4342 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
4343 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
4344 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
4345 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
4346 runner runs during a critical section in another message
4347 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
4348 Results Computing.
4349 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
4350 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
4351 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
4352 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
4353 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4354 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
4355 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
4356 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
4357 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
4358 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
4359 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
4360 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
4361 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
4362 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
4363 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
4364 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
4365 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
4366 simultaneously.
4367 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
4368 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
4369 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
4370 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
4371 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4372 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
4373 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
4374 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
4375 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4376 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
4377 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
4378 CSU Chico.
4379 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
4380 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
4381 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
4382 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
4383 Portability:
4384 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
4385 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
4386 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
4387 be used instead.
4388 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
4389 of Argonne National Laboratory.
4390 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4391 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4392 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
4393 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
4394 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
4395 in Makefiles.
4396 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
4397 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
4398 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
4399 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
4400 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
4401 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
4402 NCR Corp.
4403 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
4404 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4405 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
4406 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
4407 Resource Network
4408 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
4409 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
4410 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
4411 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
4412 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
4413 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
4414 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
4415 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
4416 Corp.
4417 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
4418 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
4419 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
4420 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
4421 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
4422 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
4423 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
4424 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
4425 PlainTalk.
4426 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
4427 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
4428 by Harry Styron.
4429 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
4430 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
4431 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
4432 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
4433 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
4434 changed after open".
4435 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
4436 files.
4437 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
4438 NEW FILES:
4439 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
4440 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
4441 test/t_exclopen.c
4442 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
4443 DELETED FILES:
4444 Makefile
4445
44468.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
4447 *************************************************************
4448 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
4449 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
4450 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
4451 * continued sendmail development. *
4452 *************************************************************
4453 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
4454 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
4455 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
4456 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
4457 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
4458 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
4459 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
4460 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
4461 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
4462 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
4463 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
4464 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
4465 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
4466 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
4467 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
4468 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
4469 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4470 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4471 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
4472 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
4473 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
4474 another database; this can be used either to expose
4475 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
4476 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
4477 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
4478 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
4479 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
4480 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
4481 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
4482 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
4483 system directories.
4484 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
4485 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
4486 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
4487 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
4488 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
4489 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
4490 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
4491 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
4492 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
4493 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
4494 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
4495 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
4496 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
4497 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
4498 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
4499 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
4500 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
4501 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
4502 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
4503 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
4504 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
4505 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
4506 NFS-mounted filesystems.
4507 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
4508 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
4509 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
4510 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
4511 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
4512 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
4513 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
4514 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
4515 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4516 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
4517 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4518 same host).
4519 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
4520 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
4521 from Theo de Raadt.
4522 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
4523 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
4524 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4525 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
4526 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
4527 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
4528 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
4529 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
4530 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4531 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
4532 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
4533 Microsystems.
4534 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
4535 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
4536 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4537 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
4538 too large) don't send the bogus message.
4539 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
4540 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
4541 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4542 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
4543 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
4544 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
4545 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
4546 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
4547 Shapiro.
4548 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
4549 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
4550 Sun Microsystems.
4551 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
4552 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
4553 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
4554 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
4555 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
4556 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
4557 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
4558 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
4559 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
4560 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
4561 Mercury Mail.
4562 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
4563 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
4564 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
4565 Morgan Stanley.
4566 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
4567 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
4568 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
4569 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4570 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
4571 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
4572 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
4573 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
4574 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
4575 not be run.
4576 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
4577 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
4578 printing.
4579 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
4580 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
4581 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4582 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
4583 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
4584 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
4585 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
4586 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
4587 erroneous results during a single message processing
4588 (but would recover when the next message was received).
4589 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
4590 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
4591 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
4592 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
4593 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
4594 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
4595 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
4596 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
4597 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
4598 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
4599 address as "may be forged".
4600 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
4601 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
4602 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
4603 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
4604 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
4605 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
4606 of TwinCom.
4607 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
4608 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
4609 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
4610 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
4611 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
4612 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
4613 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
4614 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
4615 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4616 Institute.
4617 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
4618 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
4619 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
4620 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
4621 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
4622 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
4623 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
4624 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
4625 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
4626 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
4627 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
4628 book (2nd edition).
4629 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
4630 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
4631 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
4632 John Beck of SunSoft.
4633 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
4634 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
4635 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
4636 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
4637 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
4638 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
4639 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
4640 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
4641 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
4642 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
4643 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
4644 returns.
4645 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
4646 on some architectures.
4647 Portability:
4648 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
4649 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
4650 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
4651 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
4652 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
4653 of Washington.
4654 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
4655 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
4656 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4657 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
4658 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
4659 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
4660 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
4661 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
4662 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
4663 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4664 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
4665 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
4666 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
4667 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
4668 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
4669 Cambridge.
4670 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
4671 Kari Hurtta.
4672 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
4673 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
4674 IRIX Makefile).
4675 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
4676 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4677 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
4678 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
4679 Brian Candler.
4680 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
4681 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
4682 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4683 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
4684 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
4685 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4686 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
4687 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
4688 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4689 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
4690 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
4691 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4692 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
4693 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
4694 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
4695 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
4696 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
4697 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
4698 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
4699 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4700 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
4701 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
4702 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
4703 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
4704 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
4705 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
4706 was specified, even when it wasn't.
4707 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
4708 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
4709 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
4710 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
4711 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
4712 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
4713 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
4714 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
4715 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
4716 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
4717 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
4718 developers).
4719 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
4720 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
4721 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4722 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
4723 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
4724 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
4725 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
4726 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
4727 NEXTSTEP.
4728 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
4729 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
4730 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
4731 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
4732 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4733 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
4734 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
4735 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
4736 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
4737 for system accounts.
4738 NEW FILES:
4739 src/safefile.c
4740 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
4741 cf/ostype/irix6.m4
4742 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
4743 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
4744 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
4745 RENAMED FILES:
4746 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
4747 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
4748
47498.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
4750 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
4751 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
4752 even if RunAsUser is specified.
4753 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
4754 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
4755 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4756 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
4757 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
4758 University of Pennsylvania.
4759 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
4760 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
4761 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
4762 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
4763 was unnecessarily awful.
4764 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
4765 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
4766 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
4767 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
4768 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
4769 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
4770 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
4771 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
4772 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4773 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
4774 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4775 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
4776 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
4777 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4778 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
4779 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
4780 Semiconductor Corp.
4781 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
4782 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
4783 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
4784 at Austin.
4785 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
4786 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
4787 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
4788 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
4789 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
4790 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
4791 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
4792 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
4793 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
4794 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
4795 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
4796 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
4797 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
4798 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
4799 Costales.
4800 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
4801 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
4802 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
4803 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
4804 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
4805 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
4806 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
4807 The current values and defaults are:
4808 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
4809 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
4810 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
4811 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
4812 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
4813 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
4814 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
4815 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
4816 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
4817 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
4818 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
4819 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
4820 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
4821 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
4822 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
4823 Eric Hagberg.
4824 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
4825 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
4826 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
4827 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
4828 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
4829 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
4830 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
4831 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4832 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
4833 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
4834 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
4835 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
4836 Communications.
4837 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
4838 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
4839 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
4840 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4841 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
4842 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
4843 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
4844 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
4845 PORTABILITY:
4846 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
4847 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
4848 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
4849 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
4850 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4851 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
4852 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
4853 (Moscow).
4854 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
4855 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
4856 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
4857 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
4858 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
4859 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
4860 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
4861 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
4862 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
4863 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
4864 Received: line.
4865 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
4866 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
4867 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
4868 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
4869 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
4870 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
4871 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
4872 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
4873 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
4874 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
4875 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
4876 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
4877 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
4878 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
4879 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
4880 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
4881 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
4882 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
4883 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
4884 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
4885 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4886 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
4887 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
4888 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
4889 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
4890 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
4891 Long Beach.
4892
48938.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
4894 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
4895 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
4896 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
4897 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
4898 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
4899 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
4900 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
4901 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
4902 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
4903 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
4904 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
4905 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
4906 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
4907 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
4908 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
4909 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
4910 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
4911 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
4912 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4913 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
4914 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
4915 Problem noted by several people.
4916 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
4917 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
4918 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
4919 by several people.
4920 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
4921 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
4922 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
4923 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
4924 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
4925 of Best Internet Communications.
4926 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
4927 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
4928 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
4929 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
4930 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
4931 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
4932 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
4933 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
4934 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
4935 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
4936 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
4937 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
4938 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4939 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
4940 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
4941 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
4942 by Roy Mongiovi.
4943 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
4944 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4945 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
4946 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
4947 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
4948 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
4949 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
4950 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
4951 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
4952 of Kyoto University.
4953 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
4954 conditions from Don Lewis.
4955 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
4956 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
4957 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
4958 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
4959 patch from Bryan Costales.
4960 PORTABILITY FIXES:
4961 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
4962 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
4963 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
4964 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
4965 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
4966 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
4967 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
4968 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
4969 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
4970 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
4971 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
4972 of Tokyo.
4973 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
4974 Services, Inc.
4975 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
4976 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
4977 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
4978 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
4979 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
4980 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
4981 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
4982 than one long one. By popular demand.
4983 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
4984 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
4985 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
4986 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
4987 of NTT Software Corporation.
4988 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
4989 NEW FILES:
4990 contrib/etrn.pl
4991
49928.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
4993 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
4994 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
4995 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
4996 best-of-security list.
4997 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
4998 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
4999 should make it clearer to people that they are running
5000 the wrong binary.
5001 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5002 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5003 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5004 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
5005 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5006 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5007 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5008 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
5009 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5010 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5011 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5012 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5013 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5014 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
5015 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5016 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5017 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5018 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5019 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
5020 Eric Wassenaar.
5021 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
5022 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5023 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5024 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5025 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5026 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5027 UUNET.
5028 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5029 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5030 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5031 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
5032 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5033 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5034 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5035 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
5036 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5037 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
5038 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5039 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5040 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5041 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5042 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5043 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5044 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5045 University of Linkoping.
5046 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5047 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
5048 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5049 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5050 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5051 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5052 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5053 other end.
5054 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5055 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5056 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5057 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5058 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
5059 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
5060 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5061 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5062 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5063 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5064 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
5065 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5066 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5067 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5068 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5069 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5070 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5071 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5072 The outline of the implementation was contributed
5073 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5074 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5075 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5076 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5077 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5078 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
5079 Earickson of Colby College.
5080 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
5081 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5082 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5083 Kari Hurtta.
5084 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5085 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
5086 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5087 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5088 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5089 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
5090 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5091 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5092 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5093 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5094 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5095 University of Washington, Seattle.
5096 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5097 Polytechnic Institute.
5098 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
5099 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
5100 NEW FILES:
5101 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
5102 cf/ostype/aix4.m4
5103 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
5104
51058.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
5106 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
5107 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
5108 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5109 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
5110 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
5111 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
5112 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
5113 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
5114 CONFIG: no changes.
5115
51168.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
5117 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
5118 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
5119 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
5120 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
5121 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
5122 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
5123 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
5124 of WPI.
5125 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
5126 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
5127 Kyoto University.
5128 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
5129 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
5130 on illegal host names.
5131 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
5132 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
5133 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
5134 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
5135 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
5136 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
5137 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
5138 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
5139 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5140 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
5141 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
5142 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
5143 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
5144 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
5145 University of Leicester.
5146 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
5147 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
5148 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
5149 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
5150 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
5151 University of Washington.
5152 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5153 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
5154 people pointed this out.
5155 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
5156 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
5157 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
5158 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
5159 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
5160 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
5161 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
5162 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
5163 Softec.
5164 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
5165 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5166 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
5167 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
5168
51698.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
5170 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
5171 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
5172 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
5173 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
5174 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
5175 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
5176 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
5177 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
5178 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
5179 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
5180 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
5181 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
5182 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
5183 NSC (Japan).
5184 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
5185 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
5186 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5187 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
5188 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
5189 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
5190 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
5191 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
5192 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
5193 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
5194 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
5195 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
5196 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
5197 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
5198 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
5199 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
5200 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
5201 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
5202 printout.
5203 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
5204 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
5205 square braces.
5206 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
5207 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
5208 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
5209 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
5210 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
5211 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
5212 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5213 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
5214 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
5215 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
5216 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5217 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
5218 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
5219 Dandelion Digital.
5220 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
5221 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
5222 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
5223 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
5224 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
5225 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
5226 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
5227 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
5228 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
5229 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
5230 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
5231 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
5232 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
5233 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
5234 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
5235 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
5236 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
5237 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
5238 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
5239 mailers.
5240 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
5241 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
5242 Myers of CMU.
5243 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
5244 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
5245 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
5246 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
5247 there should be no security implications. Implementation
5248 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
5249 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
5250 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
5251 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
5252 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
5253 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
5254 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
5255 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
5256 parameter.
5257 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
5258 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
5259 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
5260 University of Maryland.
5261 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
5262 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
5263 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
5264 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
5265 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
5266 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
5267 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
5268 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
5269 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
5270 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
5271 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
5272 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
5273 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
5274 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
5275 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
5276 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
5277 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
5278 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
5279 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
5280 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
5281 section 5.2.5.
5282 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
5283 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
5284 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
5285 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
5286 is for incoming connections only.
5287 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
5288 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
5289 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
5290 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
5291 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
5292 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
5293 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
5294 (e.g., due to connection caching).
5295 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
5296 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
5297 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
5298 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
5299 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
5300 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
5301 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
5302 that take a very long time to run.
5303 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
5304 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
5305 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
5306 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
5307 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
5308 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5309 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
5310 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
5311 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5312 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
5313 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
5314 Costales.
5315 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
5316 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
5317 Technologies, Inc.
5318 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
5319 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
5320 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
5321 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
5322 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
5323 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
5324 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
5325 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
5326 different for this case.
5327 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
5328 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
5329 of Stanford University.
5330 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
5331 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
5332 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
5333 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5334 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
5335 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
5336 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
5337 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
5338 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
5339 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5340 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
5341 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
5342 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
5343 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
5344 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
5345 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
5346 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
5347 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
5348 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
5349 Pasteur Institute.
5350 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
5351 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
5352 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
5353 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
5354 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
5355 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
5356 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
5357 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
5358 canonification.
5359 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
5360 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
5361 mailers.
5362 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
5363 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
5364 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
5365 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
5366 either of these in their configuration file.
5367 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
5368 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
5369 St. Peter's College.
5370 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
5371 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
5372 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
5373 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5374 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
5375 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5376 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
5377 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
5378 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
5379 Costales.
5380 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
5381 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
5382 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
5383 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
5384 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
5385 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
5386 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
5387 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
5388 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
5389 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
5390 in rulesets.
5391 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
5392 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
5393 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
5394 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
5395 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
5396 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
5397 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
5398 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
5399 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
5400 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
5401 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
5402 on that basis.
5403 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
5404 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
5405 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
5406 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
5407 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
5408 Vixie.
5409 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
5410 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
5411 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
5412 See also the src/READ_ME file.
5413 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
5414 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
5415 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
5416 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
5417 two characters $, +.
5418 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
5419 debug_dumpstate.
5420 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
5421 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
5422 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
5423 valid recipients.
5424 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
5425 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
5426 noted by Tom May.
5427 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
5428 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
5429 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
5430 Beck of InReference, Inc.
5431 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
5432 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
5433 Computing Corporation.
5434 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
5435 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
5436 Internet Communications.
5437 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
5438 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
5439 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
5440 of Lysator.
5441 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
5442 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
5443 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
5444 of the University of Iceland.
5445 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
5446 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
5447 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
5448 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
5449 this change is a no-op.
5450 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
5451 Costales.
5452 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
5453 Bryan Costales.
5454 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
5455 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
5456 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
5457 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5458 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
5459 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5460 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
5461 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
5462 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
5463 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5464 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
5465 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
5466 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
5467 Jones of UUNET.
5468 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
5469 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
5470 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5471 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
5472 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
5473 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
5474 easily determine what messages are to their role as
5475 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
5476 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
5477 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
5478 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
5479 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
5480 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
5481 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
5482 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
5483 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
5484 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
5485 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
5486 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
5487 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
5488 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
5489 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
5490 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
5491 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
5492 of Stanford University.
5493 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
5494 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
5495 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
5496 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
5497 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
5498 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
5499 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
5500 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
5501 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
5502 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
5503 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
5504 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
5505 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5506 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
5507 Motonori Nakamura.
5508 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
5509 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
5510 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
5511 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
5512 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
5513 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
5514 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
5515 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
5516 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
5517 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
5518 value is ".hoststat".
5519 There are also two new operation modes:
5520 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
5521 connections.
5522 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
5523 recent status information.
5524 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
5525 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
5526 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
5527 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
5528 framework is gratefully appreciated.
5529 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
5530 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
5531 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
5532 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
5533 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
5534 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
5535 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
5536 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
5537 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
5538 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
5539 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
5540 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
5541 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
5542 Costales.
5543 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
5544 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5545 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
5546 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
5547 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
5548 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5549 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
5550 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
5551 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
5552 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
5553 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
5554 Webmasters.
5555 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
5556 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
5557 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
5558 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
5559 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
5560 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
5561 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
5562 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
5563 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
5564 of Washington, Seattle.
5565 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
5566 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
5567 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
5568 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
5569 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
5570 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
5571 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
5572 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
5573 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
5574 Nakamura.
5575 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
5576 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
5577 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
5578 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
5579 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
5580 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
5581 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
5582 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
5583 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
5584 well constrained.
5585 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
5586 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
5587 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
5588 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
5589 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
5590 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
5591 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
5592 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
5593 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
5594 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
5595 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
5596 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
5597 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
5598 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
5599 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
5600 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
5601 Wolfhugel.
5602 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
5603 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
5604 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
5605 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
5606 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
5607 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
5608 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5609 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
5610 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
5611 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
5612 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
5613 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
5614 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
5615 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
5616 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
5617 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
5618 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
5619 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
5620 National University of Singapore.
5621 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
5622 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
5623 system can't cope with.
5624 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5625 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
5626 Atlas International.
5627 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
5628 <bicknell@ufp.org>.
5629 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
5630 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
5631 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
5632 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
5633 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
5634 Bernstein and Associates.
5635 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
5636 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
5637 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
5638 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
5639 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5640 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
5641 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
5642 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
5643 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
5644 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5645 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
5646 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
5647 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
5648 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5649 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
5650 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5651 Institute.
5652 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
5653 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
5654 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
5655 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
5656 Employment Standards Administration.
5657 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
5658 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
5659 Jr.
5660 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
5661 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
5662 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
5663 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
5664 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
5665 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
5666 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
5667 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
5668 of the University of Arizona.
5669 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
5670 Vanderbilt University.
5671 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
5672 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
5673 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
5674 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5675 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
5676 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5677 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
5678 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
5679 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
5680 Foundation.
5681 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
5682 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
5683 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
5684 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
5685 Myers of CMU.
5686 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
5687 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
5688 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
5689 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
5690 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
5691 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
5692 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
5693 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
5694 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
5695 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
5696 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
5697 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
5698 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
5699 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
5700 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
5701 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
5702 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
5703 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5704 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
5705 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
5706 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
5707 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
5708 info@foo.com foo-info
5709 info@bar.com bar-info
5710 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
5711 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
5712 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
5713 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
5714 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
5715 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
5716 a great many people.
5717 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
5718 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
5719 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
5720 "fax" mailer.
5721 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
5722 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
5723 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
5724 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
5725 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
5726 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
5727 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
5728 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
5729 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
5730 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
5731 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
5732 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
5733 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
5734 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
5735 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
5736 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
5737 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
5738 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
5739 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
5740 of WPI.
5741 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
5742 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
5743 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5744 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
5745 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
5746 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
5747 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
5748 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
5749 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
5750 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5751 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
5752 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
5753 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
5754 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
5755 by Andreas Luik.
5756 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
5757 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
5758 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5759 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
5760 Wolfhugel.
5761 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
5762 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
5763 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
5764 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
5765 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
5766 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
5767 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
5768 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
5769 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
5770 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
5771 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
5772 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
5773 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
5774 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
5775 Costales.
5776 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5777 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
5778 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
5779 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5780 NEW FILES:
5781 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
5782 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
5783 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
5784 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
5785 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
5786 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
5787 mailstats/mailstats.8
5788 praliases/praliases.8
5789 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
5790 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
5791 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
5792 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
5793 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
5794 cf/ostype/aix2.m4
5795 cf/ostype/altos.m4
5796 cf/ostype/maxion.m4
5797 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
5798 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
5799 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
5800 DELETED FILES:
5801 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
5802 contrib/xla/README
5803 contrib/xla/xla.c
5804 RENAMED FILES:
5805 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
5806 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
5807 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
5808 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
5809 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
5810
58118.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
5812 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
5813 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
5814 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
5815 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
5816 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
5817 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
5818 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
5819 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
5820
58218.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
5822 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
5823 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
5824 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
5825 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
5826 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
5827 and others.
5828
58298.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
5830 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
5831 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
5832 any user (except root).
5833 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
5834 version number is unchanged.
5835
58368.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
5837 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
5838 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
5839 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5840 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
5841 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
5842 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
5843 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
5844 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
5845 Costales.
5846 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5847 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
5848 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
5849 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
5850 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
5851 Stanford University.
5852 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
5853 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5854
58558.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
5856 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
5857 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
5858 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
5859 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
5860 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
5861 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
5862 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
5863 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
5864 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
5865 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
5866 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
5867 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
5868 by Kari Hurtta.
5869 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
5870 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
5871 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
5872 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
5873 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
5874 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
5875 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
5876 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
5877 bounces when it should have requeued.
5878 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
5879 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
5880 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
5881 John Hawkinson of Panix.
5882 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
5883 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
5884 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
5885 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
5886 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
5887 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
5888 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
5889 Infobiogen.
5890 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
5891 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
5892 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
5893 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
5894 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
5895 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
5896 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
5897 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
5898 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
5899 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
5900 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
5901 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
5902 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5903 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
5904 underscores.
5905 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
5906 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
5907 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5908 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
5909 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
5910 included even if the user did not request success notification,
5911 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
5912 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
5913 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
5914 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
5915 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
5916 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
5917 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
5918 Costales of ICSI.
5919 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
5920 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
5921 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
5922 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
5923 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
5924 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
5925 Technological University.
5926 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
5927 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
5928 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
5929 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5930 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
5931 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
5932 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
5933 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
5934 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
5935 to have the database format of the alias files without the
5936 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
5937 Inc.
5938 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
5939 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
5940 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
5941 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
5942 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
5943 University.
5944 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
5945 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
5946 Association for Progressive Communications.
5947 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
5948 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
5949 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
5950 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
5951 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
5952 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
5953 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
5954 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
5955 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
5956 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
5957 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
5958 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
5959 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
5960 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
5961 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
5962 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
5963 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
5964 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
5965 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5966 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
5967 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
5968 James B. Davis of TCI.
5969 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
5970 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
5971 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
5972 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
5973 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
5974 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
5975 isn't supported on all compilers.
5976 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
5977 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
5978 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
5979 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
5980 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
5981 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
5982 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
5983 (France).
5984 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
5985 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
5986 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
5987 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
5988 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
5989 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
5990 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
5991 for different files.
5992 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
5993 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
5994 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5995 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
5996 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
5997 changes).
5998
59998.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
6000 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6001 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6002 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
6003 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6004 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6005 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6006 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6007 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6008 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6009 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6010 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6011 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
6012 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6013 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6014 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6015 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6016 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6017 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
6018 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6019 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6020 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6021 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6022 results. This could have security implications.
6023 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6024 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6025 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6026 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6027 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
6028 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6029 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
6030 Elz.
6031 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
6032 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6033 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6034 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6035 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6036 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6037 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
6038 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6039 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6040 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
6041 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
6042 domain names are your friends.
6043 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6044 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6045 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6046 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6047 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6048 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
6049 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6050 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6051 of TerraNet.
6052 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6053 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6054 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6055 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6056 of WPI.
6057 PORTABILITY FIXES:
6058 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6059 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
6060 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6061 file and SGI standards. From Andre
6062 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6063 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6064 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6065 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6066 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6067 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6068 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
6069 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6070 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6071 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6072 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6073 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6074 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6075 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6076 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6077 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6078 Infobiogen (France).
6079 NEW FILES:
6080 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6081 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6082 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6083
60848.7/8.7 1995/09/16
6085 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6086 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6087 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6088 Global Communications.
6089 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6090 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6091 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6092 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
6093 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6094 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
6095 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6096 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6097 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
6098 can be confusing.
6099 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
6100 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
6101 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
6102 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
6103 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
6104 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
6105 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
6106 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
6107 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
6108 Maryland.
6109 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
6110 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
6111 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
6112 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
6113 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6114 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
6115 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
6116 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
6117 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
6118 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
6119 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
6120 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6121 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
6122 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
6123 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
6124 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6125 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
6126 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
6127 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
6128 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
6129 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
6130 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
6131 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
6132 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
6133 Swarthmore University.
6134 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
6135 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
6136 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
6137 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
6138 ruleset.
6139 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
6140 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
6141 -d debug flag.
6142 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
6143 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
6144 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
6145 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
6146 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
6147 and the parsed address.
6148 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
6149 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
6150 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
6151 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
6152 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
6153 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
6154 recipients.
6155 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
6156 return the result.
6157 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
6158 `mapname' and return the result.
6159 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
6160 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
6161 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
6162 the header for envelope sender information and uses
6163 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
6164 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
6165 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
6166 that functionality.
6167 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
6168 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
6169 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
6170 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
6171 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
6172 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
6173 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
6174 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
6175 of Michigan Technological University.
6176 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
6177 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
6178 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
6179 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
6180 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
6181 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
6182 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
6183 or not.
6184 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
6185 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
6186 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
6187 the error message. It was especially weird because it
6188 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
6189 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
6190 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
6191 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
6192 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
6193 should have minimal impact on external function.
6194 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
6195 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
6196 O MatchGECOS=TRUE
6197 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
6198 7 SevenBitInput
6199 8 EightBitMode
6200 A AliasFile
6201 a AliasWait
6202 B BlankSub
6203 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
6204 C CheckpointInterval
6205 c HoldExpensive
6206 D AutoRebuildAliases
6207 d DeliveryMode
6208 E ErrorHeader
6209 e ErrorMode
6210 f SaveFromLine
6211 F TempFileMode
6212 G MatchGECOS
6213 H HelpFile
6214 h MaxHopCount
6215 i IgnoreDots
6216 I ResolverOptions
6217 J ForwardPath
6218 j SendMimeErrors
6219 k ConnectionCacheSize
6220 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
6221 L LogLevel
6222 l UseErrorsTo
6223 m MeToo
6224 n CheckAliases
6225 O DaemonPortOptions
6226 o OldStyleHeaders
6227 P PostmasterCopy
6228 p PrivacyOptions
6229 Q QueueDirectory
6230 q QueueFactor
6231 R DontPruneRoutes
6232 r, T Timeout
6233 S StatusFile
6234 s SuperSafe
6235 t TimeZoneSpec
6236 u DefaultUser
6237 U UserDatabaseSpec
6238 V FallbackMXHost
6239 v Verbose
6240 w TryNullMXList
6241 x QueueLA
6242 X RefuseLA
6243 Y ForkEachJob
6244 y RecipientFactor
6245 z ClassFactor
6246 Z RetryFactor
6247 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
6248 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
6249 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
6250 $l UnixFromLine
6251 $o OperatorChars
6252 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
6253 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
6254 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
6255 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
6256 specify "V6" in the configuration.
6257 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
6258 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
6259 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
6260 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
6261 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
6262 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
6263 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
6264 This requires config file support to get right. It does
6265 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
6266 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6267 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
6268 A Addresses are aliasable.
6269 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
6270 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
6271 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
6272 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
6273 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
6274 recipient mailer flags.
6275 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
6276 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
6277 delivery.
6278 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
6279 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
6280 : Check for :include: on this address.
6281 | Check for |program on this address.
6282 / Check for /file on this address.
6283 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
6284 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
6285 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
6286 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
6287 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
6288 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
6289 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6290 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
6291 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
6292 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
6293 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
6294 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
6295 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
6296 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
6297 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
6298 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
6299 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
6300 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
6301 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
6302 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
6303 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
6304 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
6305 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
6306 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
6307 (essentially, the full MIME option).
6308 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
6309 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
6310 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
6311 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
6312 flag is ignored.
6313 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
6314 the setting of F=8.
6315 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
6316 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
6317 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
6318 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
6319 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
6320 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
6321 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
6322 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
6323 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
6324 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
6325 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
6326 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
6327 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
6328 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
6329 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
6330 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
6331 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
6332 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
6333 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
6334 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
6335 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
6336 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
6337 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
6338 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
6339 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
6340 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
6341 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
6342 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
6343 Unicom.
6344 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
6345 fashion as the U= mailer option.
6346 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
6347 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
6348 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
6349 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
6350 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
6351 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
6352 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
6353 from Chip Rosenthal.
6354 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
6355 For example,
6356 O Timeout.helo = 2m
6357 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
6358 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
6359 set them both the preferred new syntax is
6360 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
6361 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
6362 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
6363 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
6364 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
6365 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
6366 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
6367 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
6368 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
6369 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
6370 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
6371 contribution was to make it configurable).
6372 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
6373 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
6374 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
6375 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
6376 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
6377 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
6378 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
6379 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
6380 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
6381 I/O redirection.
6382 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
6383 can be confusing.
6384 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
6385 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
6386 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
6387 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
6388 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
6389 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
6390 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
6391 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
6392 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
6393 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
6394 queue-only.
6395 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
6396 :include: and .forward files.
6397 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
6398 key field name, the value field name, and the field
6399 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
6400 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
6401 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
6402 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
6403 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6404 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
6405 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
6406 Sun Microsystems.
6407 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
6408 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
6409 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
6410 Hutton of Indiana University.
6411 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
6412 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
6413 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
6414 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
6415 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
6416 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6417 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
6418 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
6419 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
6420 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
6421 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
6422 as comments.
6423 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
6424 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
6425 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
6426 are from sysexits.h.
6427 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
6428 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
6429 Kmap1 ...
6430 Kmap2 ...
6431 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
6432 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
6433 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
6434 map2 is searched and the value returned.
6435 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
6436 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
6437 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
6438 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
6439 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
6440 For example, if the declaration of the map is
6441 Ksample switch hosts
6442 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
6443 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
6444 equivalent to
6445 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
6446 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
6447 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
6448 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
6449 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
6450 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
6451 the -m (matchonly) flag.
6452 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
6453 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
6454 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
6455 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
6456 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
6457 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
6458 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
6459 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
6460 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
6461 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
6462 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
6463 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
6464 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
6465 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
6466 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
6467 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
6468 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
6469 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
6470 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
6471 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
6472 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
6473 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
6474 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
6475 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
6476 an /etc/hosts entry reads
6477 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
6478 this change will use the second name as the canonical
6479 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
6480 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
6481 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
6482 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
6483 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
6484 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
6485 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
6486 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
6487 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
6488 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
6489 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
6490 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
6491 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
6492 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
6493 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
6494 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
6495 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6496 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
6497 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
6498 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
6499 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
6500 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
6501 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
6502 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
6503 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
6504 much longer than the specified timeout.
6505 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
6506 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
6507 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
6508 denial-of-service attack.
6509 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
6510 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
6511 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6512 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
6513 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
6514 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
6515 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
6516 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
6517 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
6518 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
6519 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
6520 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
6521 actually file lookups.
6522 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
6523 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
6524 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
6525 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
6526 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
6527 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
6528 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
6529 support for them has been removed.
6530 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
6531 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
6532 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
6533 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
6534 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
6535 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
6536 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
6537 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
6538 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
6539 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6540 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
6541 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
6542 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
6543 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
6544 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
6545 also improves the connection cache utilization.
6546 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
6547 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
6548 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
6549 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
6550 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
6551 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
6552 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
6553 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
6554 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
6555 Microsystems.
6556 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
6557 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
6558 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
6559 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
6560 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
6561 option can give the network software time to establish
6562 the link. The default units are seconds.
6563 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
6564 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
6565 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
6566 Defense Information Systems Agency.
6567 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
6568 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
6569 the National Computer Security Center.
6570 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
6571 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
6572 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
6573 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
6574 the mailprio scripts (see below).
6575 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
6576 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
6577 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
6578 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
6579 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
6580 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
6581 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
6582 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
6583 University Computing Service.
6584 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
6585 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
6586 the University of Kentucky.
6587 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
6588 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
6589 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
6590 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
6591 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
6592 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
6593 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
6594 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
6595 Corporation.
6596 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
6597 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
6598 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
6599 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
6600 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
6601 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
6602 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
6603 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
6604 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
6605 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
6606 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
6607 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
6608 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
6609 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
6610 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
6611 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
6612 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
6613 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
6614 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
6615 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
6616 Communications.
6617 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
6618 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
6619 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
6620 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
6621 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
6622 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
6623 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
6624 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
6625 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
6626 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
6627 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
6628 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6629 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
6630 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
6631 on values:
6632 None Leave the message as is. The
6633 message will be passed on even
6634 though it is in technically
6635 illegal syntax.
6636 Add-To Add a To: header with any
6637 recipients that it can find from
6638 the envelope. This risks exposing
6639 Bcc: recipients.
6640 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
6641 has almost no redeeming social value,
6642 and is provided only for back
6643 compatibility.
6644 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
6645 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
6646 which will have the effect of
6647 making the message legal without
6648 exposing Bcc: recipients.
6649 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
6650 There is a chance that mailers down
6651 the line will delete this header,
6652 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
6653 recipients.
6654 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
6655 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
6656 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
6657 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
6658 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
6659 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
6660 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
6661 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
6662 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
6663 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
6664 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
6665 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
6666 For example, if you run with
6667 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
6668 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
6669 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
6670 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
6671 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
6672 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
6673 entries. For example, given the aliases:
6674 list: member1
6675 list: member2
6676 and an alias file declared as:
6677 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
6678 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
6679 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
6680 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6681 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
6682 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
6683 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
6684 Johannesen.
6685 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
6686 to be simpler and more consistent.
6687 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
6688 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
6689 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
6690 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6691 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
6692 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
6693 This may affect some people who have written their own
6694 checkcompat() routine.
6695 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
6696 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
6697 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
6698 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
6699 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
6700 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
6701 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
6702 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
6703 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
6704 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
6705 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
6706 Corporation.
6707 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
6708 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
6709 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
6710 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
6711 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
6712 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
6713 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
6714 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
6715 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
6716 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
6717 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
6718 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
6719 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
6720 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6721 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
6722 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
6723 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
6724 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
6725 the header.
6726 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6727 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
6728 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
6729 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
6730 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
6731 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
6732 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
6733 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
6734 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
6735 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
6736 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
6737 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
6738 is added between the first and second word of the first
6739 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
6740 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
6741 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
6742 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
6743 old sendmails understand.
6744 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
6745 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
6746 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
6747 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
6748 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
6749 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
6750 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
6751 data -- for example,
6752 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
6753 (romanized/less information)
6754 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
6755 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
6756 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
6757 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
6758 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
6759 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
6760 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
6761 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
6762 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
6763 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
6764 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
6765 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
6766 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
6767 Eric Prestemon of American University.
6768 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
6769 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
6770 increment on the background value).
6771 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
6772 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
6773 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
6774 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
6775 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
6776 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
6777 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
6778 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
6779 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
6780 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
6781 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
6782 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
6783 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
6784 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
6785 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
6786 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
6787 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
6788 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
6789 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
6790 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
6791 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
6792 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
6793 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
6794 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
6795 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
6796 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
6797 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
6798 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
6799 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
6800 service type is "files".
6801 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
6802 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
6803 into class "c".
6804 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
6805 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
6806 contributed by SunSoft.
6807 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
6808 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
6809 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
6810 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
6811 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
6812 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
6813 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
6814 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
6815 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
6816 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
6817 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
6818 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
6819 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
6820 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6821 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
6822 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
6823 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
6824 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
6825 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
6826 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
6827 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6828 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
6829 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
6830 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
6831 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
6832 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6833 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
6834 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
6835 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
6836 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
6837 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
6838 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
6839 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
6840 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
6841 flags.
6842 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
6843 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
6844 Motonori Nakamura.
6845 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
6846 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
6847 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
6848 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
6849 of MIT.
6850 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
6851 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
6852 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
6853 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
6854 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
6855 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
6856 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
6857 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
6858 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
6859 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
6860 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
6861 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
6862 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
6863 the make.
6864 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
6865 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
6866 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
6867 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
6868 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
6869 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
6870 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
6871 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
6872 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
6873 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
6874 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
6875 of Sun Microsystems.
6876 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
6877 is at least 50% faster.
6878 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
6879 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
6880 University.
6881 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
6882 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6883 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
6884 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
6885 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
6886 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
6887 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
6888 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
6889 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
6890 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
6891 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
6892 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
6893 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
6894 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
6895 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
6896 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
6897 Carnegie Mellon.
6898 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
6899 support.
6900 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
6901 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
6902 Global Information Solutions.
6903 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
6904 From Motonori Nakamura.
6905 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
6906 Motonori Nakamura.
6907 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
6908 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
6909 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
6910 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
6911 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
6912 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
6913 James of British Telecom.
6914 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
6915 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
6916 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
6917 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
6918 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
6919 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
6920 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
6921 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
6922 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
6923 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
6924 a bad guy can read your private files.
6925 PORTABILITY FIXES:
6926 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
6927 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
6928 University. This expands the disk size
6929 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
6930 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
6931 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
6932 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
6933 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
6934 Linux Makefile typo.
6935 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
6936 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
6937 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
6938 University, Chico.
6939 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
6940 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
6941 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
6942 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
6943 This requires adaptation of code that really
6944 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
6945 addresses or nameserver fields.''
6946 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
6947 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
6948 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
6949 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
6950 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
6951 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
6952 problems.
6953 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
6954 match all the other configuration files. Fix
6955 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
6956 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
6957 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
6958 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
6959 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
6960 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
6961 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
6962 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
6963 Wemm of DIALix.
6964 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
6965 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
6966 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
6967 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
6968 of Ohio State University.
6969 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
6970 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
6971 University.
6972 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
6973 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
6974 Mainz.
6975 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
6976 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
6977 wrong statfs call).
6978 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
6979 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
6980 University.
6981 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
6982 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
6983 Rochester Medical Center.
6984 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
6985 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
6986 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
6987 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
6988 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
6989 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
6990 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
6991 Division.
6992 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
6993 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
6994 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
6995 Durand of I.M.A.G.
6996 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
6997 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
6998 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
6999 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7000 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7001 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7002 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7003 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7004 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7005 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7006 of Meteo France.
7007 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7008 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7009 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7010 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7011 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7012 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7013 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7014 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7015 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7016 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7017 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7018 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7019 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7020 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7021 of Colorado.
7022 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7023 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7024 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
7025 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7026 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7027 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
7028 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7029 on the file, but it should be quite small.
7030 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
7031 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7032 giving the local administrator more control over what
7033 programs can be run from sendmail.
7034 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
7035 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7036 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7037 never will.
7038 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7039 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7040 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7041 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7042 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7043 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
7044 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7045 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7046 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7047 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7048 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7049 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
7050 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7051 arbitrary directory -- use either:
7052 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7053 or
7054 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7055 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7056 can use:
7057 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7058 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7059 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7060 compatibility.
7061 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7062 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7063 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7064 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7065 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7066 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7067 County.
7068 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7069 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7070 just unqualified ones.
7071 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7072 was never used and didn't work anyway.
7073 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7074 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7075 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7076 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7077 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
7078 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7079 centralized hub.
7080 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7081 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7082 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7083 this is expected to be another sendmail.
7084 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7085 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7086 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7087 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
7088 Rosenthal of Unicom.
7089 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7090 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
7091 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7092 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7093 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
7094 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7095 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7096 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7097 but it is a no-op.
7098 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
7099 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
7100 as User Unknown.
7101 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
7102 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
7103 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
7104 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
7105 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
7106 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
7107 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
7108 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
7109 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
7110 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
7111 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7112 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
7113 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
7114 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7115 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
7116 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
7117 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
7118 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
7119 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
7120 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
7121 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
7122 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
7123 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
7124 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
7125 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
7126 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
7127 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
7128 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
7129 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
7130 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
7131 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
7132 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
7133 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
7134 assumed.
7135 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
7136 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
7137 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
7138 Information Systems Agency.
7139 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
7140 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
7141 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
7142 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
7143 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
7144 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
7145 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
7146 that really can be used in the real world.
7147 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
7148 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
7149 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
7150 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
7151 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
7152 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
7153 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
7154 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
7155 by Scott Hutton.
7156 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
7157 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
7158 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
7159 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
7160 people.
7161 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
7162 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
7163 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
7164 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
7165 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
7166 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
7167 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
7168 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
7169 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
7170 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
7171 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
7172 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
7173 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
7174 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
7175 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
7176 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
7177 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
7178 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
7179 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
7180 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
7181 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
7182 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
7183 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
7184 by Kimmo Suominen.
7185 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
7186 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
7187 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
7188 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
7189 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7190 NEW FILES:
7191 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
7192 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
7193 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
7194 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
7195 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
7196 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
7197 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
7198 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
7199 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
7200 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
7201 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
7202 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
7203 cf/domain/generic.m4
7204 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
7205 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
7206 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
7207 cf/feature/smrsh.m4
7208 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
7209 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
7210 cf/m4/cfhead.m4
7211 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
7212 cf/mailer/mail11.m4
7213 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
7214 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
7215 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
7216 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
7217 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
7218 cf/ostype/irix5.m4
7219 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
7220 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
7221 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
7222 contrib/bsdi.mc
7223 contrib/mailprio
7224 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
7225 mail.local/mail.local.0
7226 makemap/makemap.0
7227 smrsh/README
7228 smrsh/smrsh.0
7229 smrsh/smrsh.8
7230 smrsh/smrsh.c
7231 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
7232 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
7233 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
7234 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
7235 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
7236 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
7237 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
7238 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
7239 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
7240 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
7241 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
7242 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
7243 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
7244 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
7245 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
7246 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
7247 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
7248 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
7249 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
7250 src/aliases.0
7251 src/mailq.0
7252 src/mime.c
7253 src/newaliases.0
7254 src/sendmail.0
7255 test/t_seteuid.c
7256 RENAMED FILES:
7257 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
7258 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
7259 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
7260 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
7261 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
7262 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
7263 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
7264 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
7265 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
7266 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7267 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7268 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7269 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
7270 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
7271 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
7272 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
7273 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
7274 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
7275 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
7276 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
7277 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
7278 OBSOLETED FILES:
7279 cf/cf/cogsci.mc
7280 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
7281 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
7282 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
7283 cf/cf/knecht.mc
7284 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
7285 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
7286 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
7287 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7288 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7289 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
7290 contrib/rcpt-streaming
7291 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7292
72938.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
7294 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7295 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7296 any user (except root).
7297 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7298 version number is unchanged.
7299
73008.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
7301 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
7302 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
7303 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
7304 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
7305 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
7306 each other!).
7307 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
7308 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
7309 than fork().
7310
73118.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
7312 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
7313 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
7314 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
7315 message when attempted from IDENT.
7316 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
7317 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
7318 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
7319 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
7320 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
7321 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
7322 partial lines.
7323 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
7324 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
7325 Rob McMahon.
7326 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
7327 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
7328 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
7329 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
7330 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
7331 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
7332 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
7333 Novell Labs Europe.
7334 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
7335 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
7336 Cal State Chico.
7337 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
7338 *Hobbit*.
7339 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
7340 and Liudvikas Bukys.
7341 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
7342 from Spider Boardman.
7343 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7344 with the binaries).
7345
73468.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
7347 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
7348 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
7349 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
7350 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
7351 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
7352 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
7353 implications.
7354 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
7355 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
7356 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
7357 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
7358 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
7359 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
7360 University of Texas.
7361 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
7362 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
7363 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
7364 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
7365 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
7366 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
7367 Data General.
7368 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
7369 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
7370 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
7371 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
7372 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
7373 with a lot of arguments).
7374 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
7375 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
7376 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
7377 Michigan.
7378 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
7379 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
7380 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
7381 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
7382 Thibault.
7383 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
7384 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
7385 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
7386 some of the map code.
7387 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7388 with the binaries).
7389
73908.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
7391 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
7392 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
7393 may have some security implications.
7394 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
7395 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
7396 Hill of the University of Iowa.
7397 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
7398 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
7399 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
7400 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
7401 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
7402 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
7403 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
7404 option.
7405 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
7406 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
7407 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
7408 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
7409 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
7410 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
7411 Rochester.
7412 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
7413 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
7414 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
7415 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
7416 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
7417 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
7418 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
7419 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
7420 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
7421 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
7422 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
7423 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
7424 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
7425 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
7426 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
7427 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
7428 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
7429 messages.
7430 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
7431 message to explain how much space was available and
7432 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
7433 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
7434 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
7435 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
7436 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
7437 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
7438 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
7439 moves things more towards what will probably become a
7440 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
7441 Kapor Enterprises.
7442 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
7443 without recompiling.
7444 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
7445 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
7446 purely cosmetic.
7447 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
7448 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
7449 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
7450 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
7451 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
7452 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
7453 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
7454 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
7455 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
7456 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
7457 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
7458 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
7459 Wolfhugel.
7460 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
7461 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
7462 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
7463 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
7464 refused" response, and that the connection can be
7465 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
7466 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
7467 size around and can never start listening to connections
7468 again. The down side is that someone could start up
7469 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
7470 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
7471 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
7472 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
7473 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
7474 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
7475 implications.
7476 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
7477 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
7478 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
7479 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
7480 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
7481 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
7482 doc directory. This includes some additional
7483 information.
7484 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
7485 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
7486 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
7487 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
7488 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
7489 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
7490 loop the mail, which was bad news.
7491 Portability fixes:
7492 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
7493 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7494 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
7495 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
7496 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7497 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
7498 Newcastle upon Tyne.
7499 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
7500 Corporation.
7501 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
7502 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
7503 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7504 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
7505 New Files:
7506 src/Makefile.CLIX
7507 src/Makefile.NCR3000
7508 doc/changes/Makefile
7509 doc/changes/changes.me
7510 doc/changes/changes.ps
7511
75128.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
7513 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
7514 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
7515 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
7516
75178.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
7518 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
7519 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
7520 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
7521 list.
7522
75238.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
7524 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
7525 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
7526 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
7527 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
7528 valid shell.
7529 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
7530 in the connection cache for a long time under some
7531 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
7532 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
7533 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
7534 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
7535 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
7536 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
7537 from a local user to another local user. From
7538 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7539 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
7540 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
7541 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7542 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
7543 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
7544 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
7545 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
7546 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
7547 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
7548 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
7549 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
7550 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
7551 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
7552 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
7553 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
7554 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
7555 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
7556 BSD-like system.
7557 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
7558 protocol entirely.
7559 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
7560 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
7561 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
7562 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
7563 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
7564 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
7565 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
7566 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
7567 files.
7568 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
7569 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
7570 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
7571 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
7572 of CMU.
7573 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
7574 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
7575 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
7576 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
7577 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
7578 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
7579 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
7580 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
7581 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
7582 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
7583 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
7584 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
7585 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
7586 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
7587 security implications. Suggested by several people.
7588 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
7589 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
7590 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
7591 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
7592 Motonori Nakamura.
7593 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
7594 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
7595 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
7596 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
7597 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
7598 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
7599 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7600 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
7601 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
7602 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
7603 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
7604 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
7605 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
7606 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
7607 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
7608 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
7609 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
7610 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
7611 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
7612 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
7613 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7614 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
7615 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
7616 didn't see the class items being added.
7617 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
7618 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
7619 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
7620 Rutgers.
7621 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
7622 but sets h_errno to a success value.
7623 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
7624 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
7625 address specified in the P option). This fix should
7626 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
7627 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
7628 the problem myself.
7629 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
7630 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
7631 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
7632 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
7633 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
7634 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
7635 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
7636 UUNET.
7637 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
7638 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
7639 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
7640 John Oleynick.
7641 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
7642 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
7643 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
7644 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
7645 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
7646 Nakamura.
7647 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
7648 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
7649 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
7650 University of Washington.
7651 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
7652 don't have an ``=value'' part.
7653 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
7654 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
7655 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
7656 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
7657 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
7658 of Cambridge University.
7659 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
7660 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
7661 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
7662 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
7663 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
7664 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
7665 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
7666 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
7667 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
7668 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
7669 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
7670 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
7671 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
7672 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
7673 a chance.
7674 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
7675 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
7676 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
7677 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
7678 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
7679 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
7680 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
7681 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
7682 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
7683 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
7684 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
7685 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
7686 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
7687 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
7688 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
7689 size for various mailers.
7690 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
7691 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
7692 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
7693 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
7694 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
7695 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
7696 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
7697 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
7698 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
7699 system.
7700 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
7701 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
7702 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
7703 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
7704 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
7705 Michel of Thomson CSF.
7706 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
7707 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
7708 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
7709 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
7710 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
7711 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
7712 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
7713 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
7714 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
7715 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
7716 University of Sydney.
7717 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
7718 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
7719 This is because of the known bug where definition of
7720 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
7721 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
7722 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
7723 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
7724 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
7725 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
7726 Suominen.
7727 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
7728 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
7729 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
7730 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
7731 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
7732 Suominen.
7733 Portability fixes:
7734 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
7735 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7736 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
7737 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
7738 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
7739 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7740 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
7741 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
7742 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
7743 NEW FILES:
7744 src/Makefile.DomainOS
7745 src/Makefile.PTX
7746 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
7747 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
7748 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7749 src/mailq.1
7750 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
7751 doc/op/Makefile
7752 doc/intro/Makefile
7753 doc/usenix/Makefile
7754
77558.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
7756 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
7757 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
7758 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
7759 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
7760 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
7761 permissions they should not have had (usually group
7762 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
7763 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
7764 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
7765 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
7766 Although this does not respond to a specific known
7767 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
7768 Christian Wettergren.
7769 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
7770 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
7771 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
7772 program by putting that in their .forward file.
7773 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
7774 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
7775 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
7776 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
7777 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
7778 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
7779 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
7780 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
7781 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
7782 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
7783 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
7784 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
7785 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
7786 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
7787 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
7788 connection to create problems on the current job.
7789 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
7790 the wrong place.
7791 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
7792 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
7793 problem that ignored the load average in locally
7794 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
7795 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
7796 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
7797 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
7798 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
7799 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
7800 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
7801 when sending error messages. This resulted in
7802 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
7803 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
7804 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
7805 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
7806 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
7807 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
7808 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
7809 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
7810 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
7811 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
7812 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
7813 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
7814 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
7815 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
7816 EX_UNAVAILABLE.
7817 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
7818 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
7819 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
7820 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
7821 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
7822 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
7823 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
7824 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
7825 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
7826 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
7827 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
7828 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
7829 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
7830 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
7831 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
7832 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
7833 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
7834 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
7835 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
7836 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
7837 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
7838 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
7839 dot convention.
7840 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
7841 of from a clean exit.
7842 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
7843 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
7844 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
7845 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
7846 as the subject of an error message, even though the
7847 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
7848 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
7849 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
7850 Jones of UUNET.
7851 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
7852 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
7853 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
7854 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
7855 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
7856 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
7857 says that they should be ignored.
7858 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
7859 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
7860 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
7861 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
7862 is not reentrant.
7863 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
7864 documented in the Bat Book.
7865 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
7866 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
7867 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
7868 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
7869 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
7870 code during some parts of connection initialization.
7871 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
7872 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
7873 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
7874 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
7875 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7876 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
7877 of Kyoto University.
7878 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
7879 From P{r Emanuelsson.
7880 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
7881 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
7882 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
7883 Bryan Costales.
7884 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
7885 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
7886 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
7887 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
7888 Nakamura.
7889 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
7890 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
7891 illegal addresses appearing there).
7892 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
7893 BB&N.
7894 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
7895 included.
7896 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
7897 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
7898 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
7899 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
7900 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
7901 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
7902 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
7903 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
7904 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
7905 by the other end closing the connection. From
7906 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
7907 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
7908 to include a host name or other useful information.
7909 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
7910 DeMarco.
7911 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
7912 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
7913 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
7914 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
7915 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
7916 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
7917 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
7918 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
7919 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
7920 this properly).
7921 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
7922 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
7923 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
7924 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
7925 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
7926 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
7927 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
7928 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
7929 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
7930 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
7931 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
7932 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
7933 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
7934 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
7935 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
7936 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
7937 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
7938 of the Institute for Global Communications.
7939 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
7940 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
7941 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
7942 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
7943 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
7944 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
7945 Portability fixes for:
7946 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
7947 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
7948 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
7949 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
7950 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
7951 of Stoner Associates.
7952 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
7953 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
7954 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
7955 of Maryland.
7956 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
7957 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7958 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
7959 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
7960 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
7961 RISC/os.
7962 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
7963 at Chico.
7964 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
7965 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
7966 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
7967 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
7968 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
7969 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
7970 since this is intended only for internal use, the
7971 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
7972 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
7973 addresses when relaying internally.
7974 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
7975 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
7976 provided by Peter Wemm.
7977 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
7978 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
7979 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
7980 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
7981 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
7982 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
7983 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
7984 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
7985 names.
7986 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
7987 rather than letting them get "local configuration
7988 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
7989 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
7990 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
7991 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
7992 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
7993 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
7994 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
7995 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
7996 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
7997 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
7998 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
7999 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8000 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
8001 of Georgia Tech.
8002 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
8003 Jim Murray of Stratus.
8004 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8005 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
8006 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8007 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8008 the local name prepended.
8009 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8010 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8011 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8012 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
8013 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8014 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
8015 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8016 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8017 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8018 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8019 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8020 :include: files and accounts that have shells
8021 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
8022 cause some .forward files that have worked
8023 before to start failing.
8024 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8025 NEW FILES:
8026 src/Makefile.DGUX
8027 src/Makefile.Dynix
8028 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8029 src/Makefile.Mach386
8030 src/Makefile.NetBSD
8031 src/Makefile.RISCos
8032 src/Makefile.SCO
8033 src/Makefile.SVR4
8034 src/Makefile.Titan
8035 cf/mailer/pop.m4
8036 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8037 cf/ostype/dgux.m4
8038 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8039 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
8040 makemap/Makefile.dist
8041 praliases/Makefile.dist
8042
80438.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
8044 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8045 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8046 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8047 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
8048 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8049 class of attack.
8050 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8051 in a few critical places.
8052 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8053 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
8054 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
8055 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8056 and High-Energy Physics.
8057 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8058 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
8059 Eric Wassenaar.
8060 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8061 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8062 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
8063 Wassenaar.
8064 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8065 really become relevant in the next release, but some
8066 people need it for local patches. From Michael
8067 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8068 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8069 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8070 these can have different values depending on which
8071 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
8072 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8073 what uid/gid processes ran as.
8074 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8075 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8076 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8077 postmaster" case.
8078 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8079 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8080 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8081 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8082 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
8083 Christopher Davis.
8084 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8085 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8086 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
8087 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8088 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
8089 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
8090
80918.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
8092 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8093 addresses that get return-receipts.
8094 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8095 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8096 and end up sending the message several times.
8097 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8098 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
8099 four hours".
8100 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
8101 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
8102 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
8103 Cornell University Medical College.
8104 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
8105 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
8106 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
8107 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
8108 Wassenaar.
8109 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
8110 connections fail during message collection. From
8111 Eric Wassenaar.
8112 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
8113 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
8114 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
8115 Stratus.
8116 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
8117 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
8118 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8119 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
8120 by non-root users were not put into
8121 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
8122 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
8123 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
8124 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
8125 could get confused as to whether a database was
8126 open or not.
8127 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
8128 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
8129 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
8130 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
8131 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
8132 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
8133 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
8134 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
8135 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
8136
81378.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
8138 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
8139 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
8140 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
8141 propagated to the queue file.
8142
81438.6/8.6 1993/10/05
8144 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
8145 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
8146 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
8147 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
8148 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
8149 header files but don't have the syscall.
8150 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
8151 if trymx == FALSE.
8152 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
8153 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
8154 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
8155 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8156 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
8157 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8158 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
8159 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
8160 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
8161 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
8162 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
8163 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
8164 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
8165 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
8166 Kanbe.
8167 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
8168 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
8169 Wisner of The Well.
8170 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
8171 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
8172 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
8173 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
8174 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
8175 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
8176 files that you should be able to read but have previously
8177 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
8178 read permission.
8179 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
8180 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
8181 MX suppression will still work.
8182 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
8183 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
8184 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
8185 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8186 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
8187 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
8188 Nakamura.
8189 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
8190 "CX $Z" works.
8191 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
8192 trying to send the original message if the connection
8193 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
8194 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
8195 by John Myers of CMU.
8196 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
8197 term bug.
8198 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
8199 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
8200 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
8201 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
8202 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
8203 queue interval. This is an important fix.
8204 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
8205 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
8206 ruleset testing a bit easier.
8207 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
8208 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
8209 level.
8210 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
8211 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
8212 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
8213 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
8214 address.
8215 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
8216 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
8217 Harvey Mudd College.
8218 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
8219 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
8220 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
8221 their full name information.
8222 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
8223 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
8224 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
8225 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
8226 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
8227 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
8228 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
8229 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
8230 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8231 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
8232 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
8233 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
8234 PC TCP/IP implementations.
8235 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
8236 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
8237 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
8238 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
8239 names.
8240 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
8241 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
8242 helpful.
8243 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
8244 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
8245 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
8246 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8247 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
8248 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
8249 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
8250 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
8251 that claims to be itself works properly.
8252 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
8253 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
8254 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
8255 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
8256 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
8257 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
8258 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8259 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
8260 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
8261 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
8262 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
8263 scratch.
8264 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
8265 true address to still send to the original address
8266 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
8267 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
8268 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
8269 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
8270 more trouble than it was worth.
8271 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
8272 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
8273 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
8274 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
8275 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
8276 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
8277 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
8278 the queue.
8279 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
8280 messages don't come out with stale information.
8281 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
8282 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
8283 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
8284 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
8285 Myers of CMU.
8286 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
8287 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
8288 Corrigan.
8289 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
8290 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
8291 sender address.
8292 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
8293 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
8294 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
8295 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
8296 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
8297 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
8298 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
8299 that does bulk data transfer).
8300 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
8301 Amir Plivatsky.
8302 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
8303 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
8304 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
8305 bogus config files that were not caught.
8306 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
8307 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
8308 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
8309 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
8310 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
8311 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
8312 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
8313 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
8314 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
8315 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
8316 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
8317 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
8318 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
8319 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
8320 opened or if running with no database format defined.
8321 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
8322 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8323 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
8324 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
8325 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
8326 Melbourne.
8327 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
8328 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
8329 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
8330 to match regular entries.
8331 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
8332 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
8333 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
8334 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
8335 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
8336 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
8337 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8338 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
8339 error message so that the "subject" line of return
8340 messages is the best possible.
8341 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
8342 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
8343 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
8344 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
8345 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
8346 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
8347 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8348 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
8349 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
8350 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
8351 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
8352 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
8353 on the address.
8354 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
8355 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
8356 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
8357 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
8358 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8359 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
8360 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
8361 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
8362 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
8363 addresses in any detail.
8364 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
8365 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
8366 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
8367 with an address such as "!foo".
8368 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
8369 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
8370 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
8371 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
8372 Bret Marquis.
8373
83748.5/8.5 1993/07/23
8375 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
8376 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
8377 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
8378 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8379 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
8380 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
8381 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
8382 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
8383 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
8384 Nakamura.
8385 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
8386 are no DNS records matching the name.
8387 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
8388 original message was received ... from localhost".
8389 The correct original host information is now included.
8390 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
8391 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
8392 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
8393 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
8394 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
8395 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
8396 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
8397 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
8398 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
8399 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
8400 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
8401 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
8402 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
8403
84048.4/8.4 1993/07/22
8405 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
8406 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
8407 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
8408 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
8409 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
8410 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
8411 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
8412 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
8413 are really configuration errors. This option is
8414 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
8415 UIUC sendmail.
8416 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
8417 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
8418 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
8419 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
8420 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
8421 by Neil Rickert.
8422 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
8423 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
8424 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
8425 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
8426 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
8427 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
8428 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
8429 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
8430 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
8431 of dickering with error handling (see below).
8432 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
8433 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
8434 humans.
8435 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
8436 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
8437 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
8438 repaired).
8439 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
8440 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
8441 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
8442 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
8443 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
8444 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
8445 connection rather than sending QUIT.
8446 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
8447 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
8448 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
8449 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
8450 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8451 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
8452 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
8453 core dumps on some machines.
8454 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
8455 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
8456 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
8457 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
8458 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
8459 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
8460 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
8461 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
8462 some true error conditions.
8463 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
8464 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
8465 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
8466 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
8467 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
8468 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
8469 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
8470 by Motonori Nakamura.
8471 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
8472 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
8473 caused error messages to be handled differently during
8474 a queue run than a direct run.
8475 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
8476 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
8477 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
8478 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
8479 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
8480 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
8481 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
8482 restart it.
8483 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
8484 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
8485 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
8486 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
8487 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
8488 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
8489 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
8490 is appropriately functional.
8491 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
8492 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
8493 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
8494 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
8495 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
8496 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
8497 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
8498 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
8499 Technologies.
8500 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
8501 process group id. The original fix was to get around
8502 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
8503 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
8504 different from the process id. I could try to fix
8505 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
8506 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
8507 things.
8508 Portability changes:
8509 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
8510 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
8511 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
8512 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
8513 of Colorado.
8514 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
8515 help other strict ANSI compilers.
8516 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
8517 Corporation.
8518 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
8519 documentation apparently doesn't define
8520 __STDC__ by default).
8521 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8522 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
8523 Motonori Nakamura.
8524 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
8525 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
8526 several people have made a good argument that this
8527 creates more problems than it solves (although this
8528 may prove painful in the short run).
8529 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
8530 format.
8531 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
8532 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
8533 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
8534 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
8535 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
8536 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
8537 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
8538 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
8539 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
8540 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
8541 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
8542 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8543 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
8544 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
8545 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
8546 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8547 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
8548 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
8549 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
8550 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
8551 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
8552 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
8553 environments. Ugly as sin.
8554
85558.3/8.3 1993/07/13
8556 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
8557 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
8558 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
8559 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
8560 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
8561 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
8562 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
8563 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
8564 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
8565 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
8566 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
8567 "user friendly".
8568 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
8569 16 bytes/sec.
8570 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
8571 compatibility library. This also adds a new
8572 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
8573 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
8574 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
8575 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
8576 for quick test cases.
8577 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
8578 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
8579 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
8580 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
8581 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
8582 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
8583 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
8584 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
8585 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
8586 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
8587 From Michael Corrigan.
8588 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
8589 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
8590 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8591 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
8592 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
8593 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
8594 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
8595 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
8596 Christophe Wolfhugel.
8597 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
8598
85998.2/8.2 1993/07/11
8600 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
8601 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
8602 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
8603 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
8604 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
8605 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
8606 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
8607 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
8608 from Bill Wisner.
8609 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
8610 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
8611 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
8612 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
8613 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
8614 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
8615 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
8616 match the other flags in that file.
8617 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
8618 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
8619 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
8620 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
8621 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
8622 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
8623 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
8624 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
8625 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
8626 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
8627 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
8628 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
8629 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
8630 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8631 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
8632 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
8633 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
8634 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
8635 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
8636 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
8637 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
8638 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
8639 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
8640 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
8641 the root and directories leading up to your home);
8642 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
8643 be owned by you.
8644 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
8645 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
8646 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
8647 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
8648 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
8649 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
8650 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
8651 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
8652 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
8653 is separate; this is just intended to work around
8654 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
8655 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
8656 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
8657 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
8658 matching without a null it never tries again with a
8659 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
8660 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
8661 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
8662 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
8663 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
8664 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
8665 it adapts.
8666 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
8667 will insert the appropriate full name information;
8668 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
8669 way.
8670 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
8671 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
8672 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
8673 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
8674 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
8675 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
8676 only happen when there has been another error in the
8677 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
8678 by default in conf.h.
8679 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
8680 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
8681 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
8682 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
8683 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
8684 This output is not intended to be particularly human
8685 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
8686 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
8687 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
8688 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
8689 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
8690 See cf/README for an example.
8691 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
8692 sites that don't use the -d flag.
8693 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
8694 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
8695 has been requested by several people, but can break
8696 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
8697 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
8698 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
8699 broken. Use it sparingly.
8700 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
8701 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
8702 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
8703 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
8704 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
8705 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
8706 Bill Wisner of The Well.
8707 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
8708 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
8709 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
8710
87118.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
8712 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
8713 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
8714 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
8715 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
8716 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
8717 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
8718
87198.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
8720 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
8721 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
8722 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
8723
87248.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
8725 Another mailertable fix....
8726
87278.1/8.1 1993/06/07
8728 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.